* boards/native-stdiogdbserver.exp: New file.
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / breakpoint.c
1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
2
3 Copyright (C) 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
4 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,
5 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6
7 This file is part of GDB.
8
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
13
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
18
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21
22 #include "defs.h"
23 #include "arch-utils.h"
24 #include <ctype.h>
25 #include "hashtab.h"
26 #include "symtab.h"
27 #include "frame.h"
28 #include "breakpoint.h"
29 #include "tracepoint.h"
30 #include "gdbtypes.h"
31 #include "expression.h"
32 #include "gdbcore.h"
33 #include "gdbcmd.h"
34 #include "value.h"
35 #include "command.h"
36 #include "inferior.h"
37 #include "gdbthread.h"
38 #include "target.h"
39 #include "language.h"
40 #include "gdb_string.h"
41 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
42 #include "filenames.h"
43 #include "annotate.h"
44 #include "symfile.h"
45 #include "objfiles.h"
46 #include "source.h"
47 #include "linespec.h"
48 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "gdb.h"
50 #include "ui-out.h"
51 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
52 #include "gdb_assert.h"
53 #include "block.h"
54 #include "solib.h"
55 #include "solist.h"
56 #include "observer.h"
57 #include "exceptions.h"
58 #include "memattr.h"
59 #include "ada-lang.h"
60 #include "top.h"
61 #include "wrapper.h"
62 #include "valprint.h"
63 #include "jit.h"
64 #include "xml-syscall.h"
65 #include "parser-defs.h"
66 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
67 #include "continuations.h"
68 #include "stack.h"
69 #include "skip.h"
70 #include "record.h"
71
72 /* readline include files */
73 #include "readline/readline.h"
74 #include "readline/history.h"
75
76 /* readline defines this. */
77 #undef savestring
78
79 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
80 #include "python/python.h"
81
82 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
83
84 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
85
86 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
87
88 static void disable_command (char *, int);
89
90 static void enable_command (char *, int);
91
92 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
93 void *),
94 void *);
95
96 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
97
98 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
99
100 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
101
102 static void clear_command (char *, int);
103
104 static void catch_command (char *, int);
105
106 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
107
108 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
109
110 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
111
112 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
113 enum bptype,
114 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
115 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
116 const struct symtab_and_line *);
117
118 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
119 static. */
120 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
121 struct symtab_and_line,
122 enum bptype,
123 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
124
125 static struct breakpoint *
126 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
127 enum bptype type,
128 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops);
129
130 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
131
132 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
133 CORE_ADDR bpaddr,
134 enum bptype bptype);
135
136 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
137 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
138 struct obj_section *, int);
139
140 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1,
141 CORE_ADDR addr1,
142 struct address_space *aspace2,
143 CORE_ADDR addr2);
144
145 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
146 struct bp_location *loc2);
147
148 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
149 struct address_space *aspace,
150 CORE_ADDR addr);
151
152 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
153
154 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
155
156 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
157 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
158
159 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
160
161 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
162
163 static void commands_command (char *, int);
164
165 static void condition_command (char *, int);
166
167 typedef enum
168 {
169 mark_inserted,
170 mark_uninserted
171 }
172 insertion_state_t;
173
174 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
175 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
176
177 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
178
179 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
180
181 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
182
183 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
184
185 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
186
187 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
188 enum bptype type,
189 int *other_type_used);
190
191 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
192
193 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
194
195 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp);
196
197 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
198
199 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
200
201 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
202
203 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg);
204
205 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
206 char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty);
207
208 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
209
210 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
211
212 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *,
213 CORE_ADDR pc);
214
215 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
216 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
217 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
218
219 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
220
221 static void update_global_location_list (int);
222
223 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
224
225 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
226
227 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
228
229 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
230
231 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
232
233 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
234
235 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
236
237 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
238
239 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
240
241 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
242
243 /* Assuming we're creating a static tracepoint, does S look like a
244 static tracepoint marker spec ("-m MARKER_ID")? */
245 #define is_marker_spec(s) \
246 (s != NULL && strncmp (s, "-m", 2) == 0 && ((s)[2] == ' ' || (s)[2] == '\t'))
247
248 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
249 from. */
250 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops;
251
252 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
253 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
254 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
255 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
256
257 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
258 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
259
260 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
261 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
262
263 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
264 breakpoints. */
265 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
266
267 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
268 breakpoints share a single command list. */
269 struct counted_command_line
270 {
271 /* The reference count. */
272 int refc;
273
274 /* The command list. */
275 struct command_line *commands;
276 };
277
278 struct command_line *
279 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
280 {
281 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
282 }
283
284 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
285 current breakpoint. */
286
287 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
288
289 const char *
290 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
291 {
292 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
293 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
294 a breakpoint. */
295 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
296
297 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
298 }
299
300 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
301 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
302 if such is available. */
303 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
304
305 static void
306 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
307 struct cmd_list_element *c,
308 const char *value)
309 {
310 fprintf_filtered (file,
311 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
312 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
313 value);
314 }
315
316 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
317 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
318 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
319 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
320 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
321 static void
322 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
323 struct cmd_list_element *c,
324 const char *value)
325 {
326 fprintf_filtered (file,
327 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
328 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
329 value);
330 }
331
332 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
333 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
334 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
335 use hardware breakpoints. */
336 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
337 static void
338 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
339 struct cmd_list_element *c,
340 const char *value)
341 {
342 fprintf_filtered (file,
343 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
344 value);
345 }
346
347 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
348 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
349 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
350 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
351 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
352
353 static const char always_inserted_auto[] = "auto";
354 static const char always_inserted_on[] = "on";
355 static const char always_inserted_off[] = "off";
356 static const char *always_inserted_enums[] = {
357 always_inserted_auto,
358 always_inserted_off,
359 always_inserted_on,
360 NULL
361 };
362 static const char *always_inserted_mode = always_inserted_auto;
363 static void
364 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
365 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
366 {
367 if (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_auto)
368 fprintf_filtered (file,
369 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
370 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
371 value,
372 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
373 else
374 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
375 value);
376 }
377
378 int
379 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
380 {
381 return ((always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_on
382 || (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_auto && non_stop))
383 && !RECORD_IS_USED);
384 }
385
386 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
387
388 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
389 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
390
391 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
392 static int overlay_events_enabled;
393
394 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
395 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
396
397 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
398 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
399 current breakpoint. */
400
401 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
402
403 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
404 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
405 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
406 B = TMP)
407
408 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
409 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
410 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
411
412 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
413 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
414 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
415 BP_TMP++)
416
417 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
418
419 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
420 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
421 if (is_tracepoint (B))
422
423 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
424
425 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
426
427 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
428
429 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
430
431 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
432
433 static unsigned bp_location_count;
434
435 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
436 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
437 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
438 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
439 an address you need to read. */
440
441 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
442
443 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
444 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
445 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
446 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
447 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
448
449 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
450
451 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
452 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
453 by a target. */
454 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
455
456 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
457
458 static int breakpoint_count;
459
460 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
461 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
462 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
463 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
464 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
465
466 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
467
468 static int tracepoint_count;
469
470 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
471 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
472 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
473
474 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
475 static int
476 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
477 {
478 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
479 }
480
481 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
482
483 static void
484 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
485 {
486 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
487 breakpoint_count = num;
488 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
489 }
490
491 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
492 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
493 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
494
495 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
496 breakpoint made. */
497
498 void
499 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
500 {
501 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
502 }
503
504 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
505 breakpoint made. */
506
507 void
508 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
509 {
510 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
511 }
512
513 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
514
515 void
516 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
517 {
518 struct breakpoint *b;
519
520 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
521 b->hit_count = 0;
522 }
523
524 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
525 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
526
527 static struct counted_command_line *
528 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
529 {
530 struct counted_command_line *result
531 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
532
533 result->refc = 1;
534 result->commands = commands;
535 return result;
536 }
537
538 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
539
540 static void
541 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
542 {
543 if (cmd)
544 ++cmd->refc;
545 }
546
547 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
548 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
549 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
550
551 static void
552 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
553 {
554 if (*cmdp)
555 {
556 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
557 {
558 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
559 xfree (*cmdp);
560 }
561 *cmdp = NULL;
562 }
563 }
564
565 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
566
567 static void
568 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
569 {
570 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
571 }
572
573 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
574 argument. */
575
576 static struct cleanup *
577 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
578 {
579 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
580 }
581
582 \f
583 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
584 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
585
586 struct breakpoint *
587 get_breakpoint (int num)
588 {
589 struct breakpoint *b;
590
591 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
592 if (b->number == num)
593 return b;
594
595 return NULL;
596 }
597
598 \f
599
600 void
601 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
602 int from_tty)
603 {
604 xfree (b->cond_string);
605 b->cond_string = NULL;
606
607 if (is_watchpoint (b))
608 {
609 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
610
611 xfree (w->cond_exp);
612 w->cond_exp = NULL;
613 }
614 else
615 {
616 struct bp_location *loc;
617
618 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
619 {
620 xfree (loc->cond);
621 loc->cond = NULL;
622 }
623 }
624
625 if (*exp == 0)
626 {
627 if (from_tty)
628 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
629 }
630 else
631 {
632 char *arg = exp;
633
634 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
635 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
636 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
637 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
638
639 if (is_watchpoint (b))
640 {
641 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
642
643 innermost_block = NULL;
644 arg = exp;
645 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0);
646 if (*arg)
647 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
648 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
649 }
650 else
651 {
652 struct bp_location *loc;
653
654 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
655 {
656 arg = exp;
657 loc->cond =
658 parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
659 if (*arg)
660 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
661 }
662 }
663 }
664 breakpoints_changed ();
665 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
666 }
667
668 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
669
670 static void
671 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
672 {
673 struct breakpoint *b;
674 char *p;
675 int bnum;
676
677 if (arg == 0)
678 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
679
680 p = arg;
681 bnum = get_number (&p);
682 if (bnum == 0)
683 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
684
685 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
686 if (b->number == bnum)
687 {
688 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
689 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
690 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
691 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
692 if (b->py_bp_object
693 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b->py_bp_object))
694 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
695 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
696 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
697 return;
698 }
699
700 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
701 }
702
703 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
704 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
705 Throw if any such commands is found. */
706
707 static void
708 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
709 {
710 struct command_line *c;
711
712 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
713 {
714 int i;
715
716 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
717 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
718 "only be used for tracepoints"));
719
720 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
721 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
722
723 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
724 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
725 command directly. */
726 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
727 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
728
729 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
730 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
731 }
732 }
733
734 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
735
736 static int
737 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type)
738 {
739 return (type == bp_tracepoint
740 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
741 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
742 }
743
744 int
745 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
746 {
747 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
748 }
749
750 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
751 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
752 found. */
753
754 static void
755 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
756 struct command_line *commands)
757 {
758 if (is_tracepoint (b))
759 {
760 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
761 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
762 while-stepping element, and that while-stepping's body has
763 valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping. */
764 struct command_line *c;
765 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
766 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
767 {
768 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
769 {
770 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
771 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
772 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
773 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
774 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
775 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
776
777 if (while_stepping)
778 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
779 "can be used only once"));
780 else
781 while_stepping = c;
782 }
783 }
784 if (while_stepping)
785 {
786 struct command_line *c2;
787
788 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
789 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
790 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
791 {
792 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
793 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
794 }
795 }
796 }
797 else
798 {
799 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
800 }
801 }
802
803 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
804 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
805
806 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
807 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
808 {
809 struct breakpoint *b;
810 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
811 struct bp_location *loc;
812
813 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
814 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
815 {
816 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
817 if (loc->address == addr)
818 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
819 }
820
821 return found;
822 }
823
824 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
825 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
826
827 void
828 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
829 struct command_line *commands)
830 {
831 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
832
833 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
834 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
835 breakpoints_changed ();
836 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
837 }
838
839 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
840 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
841 commands. */
842
843 void
844 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
845 {
846 int old_silent = b->silent;
847
848 b->silent = silent;
849 if (old_silent != silent)
850 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
851 }
852
853 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
854 breakpoint work for any thread. */
855
856 void
857 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
858 {
859 int old_thread = b->thread;
860
861 b->thread = thread;
862 if (old_thread != thread)
863 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
864 }
865
866 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
867 breakpoint work for any task. */
868
869 void
870 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
871 {
872 int old_task = b->task;
873
874 b->task = task;
875 if (old_task != task)
876 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
877 }
878
879 void
880 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
881 {
882 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
883
884 validate_actionline (&line, b);
885 }
886
887 /* A structure used to pass information through
888 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
889
890 struct commands_info
891 {
892 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
893 int from_tty;
894
895 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
896 char *arg;
897
898 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
899 already-parsed command. */
900 struct command_line *control;
901
902 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
903 yet been read. */
904 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
905 };
906
907 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
908 commands_command. */
909
910 static void
911 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
912 {
913 struct commands_info *info = data;
914
915 if (info->cmd == NULL)
916 {
917 struct command_line *l;
918
919 if (info->control != NULL)
920 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
921 else
922 {
923 struct cleanup *old_chain;
924 char *str;
925
926 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
927 "%s, one per line."),
928 info->arg);
929
930 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
931
932 l = read_command_lines (str,
933 info->from_tty, 1,
934 (is_tracepoint (b)
935 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
936 b);
937
938 do_cleanups (old_chain);
939 }
940
941 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
942 }
943
944 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
945 do anything. */
946 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
947 {
948 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
949 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
950 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
951 b->commands = info->cmd;
952 breakpoints_changed ();
953 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
954 }
955 }
956
957 static void
958 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
959 struct command_line *control)
960 {
961 struct cleanup *cleanups;
962 struct commands_info info;
963
964 info.from_tty = from_tty;
965 info.control = control;
966 info.cmd = NULL;
967 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
968 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
969 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
970
971 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
972 {
973 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
974 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
975 breakpoint_count);
976 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
977 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
978 else
979 {
980 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
981 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
982 numbers will fail in this case. */
983 arg = NULL;
984 }
985 }
986 else
987 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
988 our argument. */
989 arg = xstrdup (arg);
990
991 if (arg != NULL)
992 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
993
994 info.arg = arg;
995
996 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
997
998 if (info.cmd == NULL)
999 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1000
1001 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1002 }
1003
1004 static void
1005 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1006 {
1007 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1008 }
1009
1010 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1011 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1012
1013 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1014 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1015 enum command_control_type
1016 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1017 {
1018 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1019 return simple_control;
1020 }
1021
1022 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1023
1024 static int
1025 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1026 {
1027 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1028 return 0;
1029 if (!bl->inserted)
1030 return 0;
1031 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1032 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1033 return 0;
1034 return 1;
1035 }
1036
1037 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1038 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1039
1040 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1041 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1042 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1043 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1044 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1045 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1046 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1047 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1048 and:
1049 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1050
1051 void
1052 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1053 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1054 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1055 {
1056 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1057 search. */
1058 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1059
1060 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1061 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1062 report higher one. */
1063
1064 bc_l = 0;
1065 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1066 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1067 {
1068 struct bp_location *bl;
1069
1070 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1071 bl = bp_location[bc];
1072
1073 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1074 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1075 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1076 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1077
1078 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1079 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1080 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1081
1082 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1083 >= bl->address)
1084 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1085 <= memaddr))
1086 bc_l = bc;
1087 else
1088 bc_r = bc;
1089 }
1090
1091 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1092 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1093 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1094 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1095 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1096 B:
1097
1098 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1099
1100 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1101 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1102 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1103 and L2. */
1104 while (bc_l > 0
1105 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1106 bc_l--;
1107
1108 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1109
1110 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1111 {
1112 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1113 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1114 int bp_size = 0;
1115 int bptoffset = 0;
1116
1117 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1118 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1119 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1120 bl->owner->number);
1121
1122 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1123 content. */
1124
1125 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1126 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1127 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1128 break;
1129
1130 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1131 continue;
1132 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->target_info.placed_address_space, 0,
1133 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1134 continue;
1135
1136 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1137 we need to copy. */
1138 bp_addr = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1139 bp_size = bl->target_info.shadow_len;
1140
1141 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1142 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1143 are reading. */
1144 continue;
1145
1146 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1147 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1148 reading. */
1149 continue;
1150
1151 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1152 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1153 {
1154 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1155 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1156 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1157 bp_addr = memaddr;
1158 }
1159
1160 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1161 {
1162 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1163 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1164 }
1165
1166 if (readbuf != NULL)
1167 {
1168 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1169 shadow. */
1170 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1171 bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1172 }
1173 else
1174 {
1175 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = bl->gdbarch;
1176 const unsigned char *bp;
1177 CORE_ADDR placed_address = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1178 unsigned placed_size = bl->target_info.placed_size;
1179
1180 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1181 memcpy (bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1182 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1183
1184 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1185 address. */
1186 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &placed_address, &placed_size);
1187
1188 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1189 breakpoint's INSN. */
1190 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1191 }
1192 }
1193 }
1194 \f
1195
1196 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1197
1198 static int
1199 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1200 {
1201 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1202 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1203 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1204 }
1205
1206 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1207 software. */
1208
1209 int
1210 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1211 {
1212 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1213 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1214 }
1215
1216 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1217 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1218 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1219 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1220 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1221 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1222 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1223 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1224
1225 static int
1226 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1227 {
1228 return (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1229 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1230 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid)));
1231 }
1232
1233 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1234 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1235
1236 static void
1237 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1238 {
1239 struct breakpoint *b = &w->base;
1240
1241 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1242 {
1243 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1244 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1245 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1246 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1247 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1248 }
1249 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1250 }
1251
1252 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1253 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1254 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1255 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1256 in b->loc->cond.
1257 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1258
1259 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1260 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1261 it.
1262
1263 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1264 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1265 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1266 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1267 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1268 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1269 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1270 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1271
1272 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1273 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1274 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1275 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1276 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1277 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1278 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1279 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1280 not changed.
1281
1282 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1283 hardware watchpoints:
1284
1285 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1286 called several times when GDB stops.
1287
1288 [linux]
1289 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1290 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1291 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1292 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1293 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1294 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1295 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1296 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1297 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1298 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1299 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1300
1301 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1302 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1303
1304 static void
1305 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1306 {
1307 int within_current_scope;
1308 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1309 int frame_saved;
1310
1311 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1312 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1313 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1314 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1315 return;
1316
1317 if (b->base.disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1318 return;
1319
1320 frame_saved = 0;
1321
1322 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1323 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1324 within_current_scope = 1;
1325 else
1326 {
1327 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1328 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1329 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1330
1331 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1332 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1333 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1334 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1335 return;
1336
1337 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1338 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1339 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1340 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1341 selected frame. */
1342 frame_saved = 1;
1343 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1344
1345 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1346 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1347 if (within_current_scope)
1348 select_frame (fi);
1349 }
1350
1351 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1352 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1353 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1354 b->base.loc = NULL;
1355
1356 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1357 {
1358 char *s;
1359
1360 if (b->exp)
1361 {
1362 xfree (b->exp);
1363 b->exp = NULL;
1364 }
1365 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1366 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1367 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1368 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1369 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1370 be completely different objects. */
1371 value_free (b->val);
1372 b->val = NULL;
1373 b->val_valid = 0;
1374
1375 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1376 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1377 locations (re)created below. */
1378 if (b->base.cond_string != NULL)
1379 {
1380 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1381 {
1382 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1383 b->cond_exp = NULL;
1384 }
1385
1386 s = b->base.cond_string;
1387 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1388 }
1389 }
1390
1391 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1392 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1393 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1394 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1395 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1396 if ( !target_has_execution)
1397 {
1398 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1399 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1400 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1401 }
1402 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1403 {
1404 int pc = 0;
1405 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1406 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1407
1408 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain);
1409
1410 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1411 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1412 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1413 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1414 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1415 watchpoints. */
1416 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
1417 {
1418 b->val = v;
1419 b->val_valid = 1;
1420 }
1421
1422 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1423
1424 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1425 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1426 {
1427 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1428 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1429 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1430 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1431 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1432 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1433 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1434 {
1435 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1436
1437 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1438 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1439 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1440 if (v == result
1441 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1442 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1443 {
1444 CORE_ADDR addr;
1445 int len, type;
1446 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1447
1448 addr = value_address (v);
1449 len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1450 type = hw_write;
1451 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1452 type = hw_read;
1453 else if (b->base.type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1454 type = hw_access;
1455
1456 loc = allocate_bp_location (&b->base);
1457 for (tmp = &(b->base.loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1458 ;
1459 *tmp = loc;
1460 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1461
1462 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1463 loc->address = addr;
1464 loc->length = len;
1465 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1466 }
1467 }
1468 }
1469
1470 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1471 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1472 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1473 is started. */
1474 if (reparse)
1475 {
1476 int reg_cnt;
1477 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
1478 struct bp_location *bl;
1479
1480 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
1481
1482 if (reg_cnt)
1483 {
1484 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
1485 enum bptype type;
1486
1487 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1488 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1489 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
1490
1491 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1492 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1493 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1494 this watchpoint in as well. */
1495
1496 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1497 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1498 hardware watchpoint type. */
1499 type = b->base.type;
1500 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
1501 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1502
1503 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1504 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1505 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1506 through watch_command), so always account for it
1507 manually. */
1508
1509 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1510 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b->base, type, &other_type_used);
1511
1512 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1513 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b->base);
1514
1515 target_resources_ok
1516 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
1517 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1518 {
1519 int sw_mode = b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base);
1520
1521 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
1522 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1523 "hardware watchpoint."));
1524 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
1525 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1526 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1527
1528 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1529 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1530 }
1531 else
1532 {
1533 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1534 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1535 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1536 nop. */
1537 b->base.type = type;
1538 }
1539 }
1540 else if (!b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1541 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1542 "read/access watchpoint."));
1543 else
1544 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1545
1546 loc_type = (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
1547 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
1548 for (bl = b->base.loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
1549 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
1550 }
1551
1552 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
1553 {
1554 next = value_next (v);
1555 if (v != b->val)
1556 value_free (v);
1557 }
1558
1559 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1560 above left it without any location set up. But,
1561 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1562 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1563 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint && b->base.loc == NULL)
1564 {
1565 struct breakpoint *base = &b->base;
1566 base->loc = allocate_bp_location (base);
1567 base->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1568 base->loc->address = -1;
1569 base->loc->length = -1;
1570 base->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
1571 }
1572 }
1573 else if (!within_current_scope)
1574 {
1575 printf_filtered (_("\
1576 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1577 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1578 b->base.number);
1579 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
1580 }
1581
1582 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1583 if (frame_saved)
1584 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1585 }
1586
1587
1588 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1589 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1590 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1591 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1592 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1593 static int
1594 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
1595 {
1596 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
1597 return 0;
1598
1599 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1600 return 0;
1601
1602 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
1603 return 0;
1604
1605 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
1606 return 0;
1607
1608 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
1609 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
1610 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
1611 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
1612 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
1613 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
1614 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
1615 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
1616 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
1617 return 0;
1618
1619 return 1;
1620 }
1621
1622 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
1623 that the location is not duplicated. */
1624
1625 static int
1626 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
1627 {
1628 int result;
1629 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
1630
1631 bl->duplicate = 0;
1632 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
1633 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
1634 return result;
1635 }
1636
1637 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
1638 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
1639 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
1640 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
1641 -1 for failure.
1642
1643 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
1644 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
1645 static int
1646 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
1647 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
1648 int *disabled_breaks,
1649 int *hw_breakpoint_error)
1650 {
1651 int val = 0;
1652
1653 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
1654 return 0;
1655
1656 /* Initialize the target-specific information. */
1657 memset (&bl->target_info, 0, sizeof (bl->target_info));
1658 bl->target_info.placed_address = bl->address;
1659 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
1660 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
1661
1662 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1663 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1664 {
1665 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
1666 {
1667 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
1668 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
1669 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
1670
1671 Two important cases are:
1672 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
1673 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
1674 hardware breakpoint.
1675 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
1676 read-write. This means we've previously made the
1677 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
1678 so we undo.
1679
1680 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
1681 location types we've just set here, the only possible
1682 problem is that memory map has changed during running
1683 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
1684 gdb. */
1685 struct mem_region *mr
1686 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.placed_address);
1687
1688 if (mr)
1689 {
1690 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
1691 {
1692 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
1693
1694 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
1695 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
1696 else
1697 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
1698
1699 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
1700 {
1701 static int said = 0;
1702
1703 bl->loc_type = new_type;
1704 if (!said)
1705 {
1706 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
1707 _("Note: automatically using "
1708 "hardware breakpoints for "
1709 "read-only addresses.\n"));
1710 said = 1;
1711 }
1712 }
1713 }
1714 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1715 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
1716 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
1717 "at readonly address %s"),
1718 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
1719 }
1720 }
1721
1722 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1723 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
1724 || bl->section == NULL
1725 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
1726 {
1727 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
1728
1729 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1730 }
1731 else
1732 {
1733 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1734 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1735 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
1736 {
1737 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
1738 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
1739 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
1740 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1741 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
1742 bl->owner->number);
1743 else
1744 {
1745 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
1746 bl->section);
1747 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
1748 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
1749 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
1750 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
1751 &bl->overlay_target_info);
1752 if (val != 0)
1753 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1754 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
1755 "failed: in ROM?\n",
1756 bl->owner->number);
1757 }
1758 }
1759 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
1760 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
1761 {
1762 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
1763 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1764 }
1765 else
1766 {
1767 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
1768 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
1769 return 0;
1770 }
1771 }
1772
1773 if (val)
1774 {
1775 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
1776 if (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
1777 {
1778 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
1779 val = 0;
1780 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
1781 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
1782 if (!*disabled_breaks)
1783 {
1784 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1785 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1786 bl->owner->number);
1787 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1788 "Temporarily disabling shared "
1789 "library breakpoints:\n");
1790 }
1791 *disabled_breaks = 1;
1792 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1793 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
1794 }
1795 else
1796 {
1797 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1798 {
1799 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
1800 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1801 "Cannot insert hardware "
1802 "breakpoint %d.\n",
1803 bl->owner->number);
1804 }
1805 else
1806 {
1807 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1808 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1809 bl->owner->number);
1810 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
1811 "Error accessing memory address ");
1812 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
1813 tmp_error_stream);
1814 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
1815 safe_strerror (val));
1816 }
1817
1818 }
1819 }
1820 else
1821 bl->inserted = 1;
1822
1823 return val;
1824 }
1825
1826 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1827 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
1828 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
1829 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
1830 {
1831 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
1832 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
1833
1834 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1835
1836 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
1837 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
1838 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
1839 {
1840 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
1841
1842 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
1843 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
1844 of this one. */
1845 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
1846 if (loc != bl
1847 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
1848 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
1849 {
1850 bl->duplicate = 1;
1851 bl->inserted = 1;
1852 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
1853 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
1854 val = 0;
1855 break;
1856 }
1857
1858 if (val == 1)
1859 {
1860 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
1861 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1862
1863 if (val)
1864 /* Back to the original value. */
1865 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
1866 }
1867 }
1868
1869 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
1870 }
1871
1872 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
1873 {
1874 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
1875 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
1876
1877 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1878 if (val)
1879 {
1880 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
1881
1882 if (val == 1)
1883 warning (_("\
1884 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
1885 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
1886 else
1887 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
1888 }
1889
1890 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
1891
1892 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
1893 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
1894 so just return success. */
1895 return 0;
1896 }
1897
1898 return 0;
1899 }
1900
1901 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
1902 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
1903 PSPACE anymore. */
1904
1905 void
1906 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
1907 {
1908 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
1909 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
1910
1911 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
1912 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
1913 {
1914 if (b->pspace == pspace)
1915 delete_breakpoint (b);
1916 }
1917
1918 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
1919 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
1920 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
1921 {
1922 struct bp_location *tmp;
1923
1924 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
1925 {
1926 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1927 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
1928 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
1929 else
1930 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
1931 if (tmp->next == loc)
1932 {
1933 tmp->next = loc->next;
1934 break;
1935 }
1936 }
1937 }
1938
1939 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
1940 removed locations above. */
1941 update_global_location_list (0);
1942 }
1943
1944 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
1945 Throws exception on any error.
1946 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
1947 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
1948 void
1949 insert_breakpoints (void)
1950 {
1951 struct breakpoint *bpt;
1952
1953 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
1954 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
1955 {
1956 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
1957
1958 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
1959 }
1960
1961 update_global_location_list (1);
1962
1963 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
1964 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
1965 now. */
1966 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
1967 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
1968 }
1969
1970 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
1971
1972 static void
1973 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
1974 {
1975 struct breakpoint *bpt;
1976 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
1977 int error_flag = 0;
1978 int val = 0;
1979 int disabled_breaks = 0;
1980 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
1981
1982 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
1983 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
1984
1985 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
1986 there was an error. */
1987 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
1988
1989 save_current_space_and_thread ();
1990
1991 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
1992 {
1993 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
1994 continue;
1995
1996 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
1997 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
1998 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1999 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
2000 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
2001 continue;
2002
2003 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2004
2005 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2006 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2007 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2008 insert breakpoints. */
2009 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
2010 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2011 continue;
2012
2013 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2014 &hw_breakpoint_error);
2015 if (val)
2016 error_flag = val;
2017 }
2018
2019 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2020 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2021 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2022 {
2023 int some_failed = 0;
2024 struct bp_location *loc;
2025
2026 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2027 continue;
2028
2029 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
2030 continue;
2031
2032 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2033 continue;
2034
2035 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2036 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
2037 {
2038 some_failed = 1;
2039 break;
2040 }
2041 if (some_failed)
2042 {
2043 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2044 if (loc->inserted)
2045 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
2046
2047 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2048 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2049 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2050 bpt->number);
2051 error_flag = -1;
2052 }
2053 }
2054
2055 if (error_flag)
2056 {
2057 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2058 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2059 if (hw_breakpoint_error)
2060 {
2061 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2062 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2063 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2064 }
2065 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2066 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2067 }
2068
2069 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2070 }
2071
2072 /* Used when the program stops.
2073 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2074 removing a breakpoint location. */
2075
2076 int
2077 remove_breakpoints (void)
2078 {
2079 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2080 int val = 0;
2081
2082 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2083 {
2084 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
2085 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2086 }
2087 return val;
2088 }
2089
2090 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2091
2092 int
2093 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
2094 {
2095 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2096 int val;
2097 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2098
2099 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2100 {
2101 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2102 continue;
2103
2104 if (bl->inserted)
2105 {
2106 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2107 if (val != 0)
2108 return val;
2109 }
2110 }
2111 return 0;
2112 }
2113
2114 int
2115 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
2116 {
2117 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2118 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2119 int val;
2120 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
2121 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0;
2122 struct inferior *inf;
2123 struct thread_info *tp;
2124
2125 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
2126 if (tp == NULL)
2127 return 1;
2128
2129 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2130 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2131
2132 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
2133
2134 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2135 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2136
2137 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2138 {
2139 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2140 continue;
2141
2142 if (bl->inserted)
2143 {
2144 bl->inserted = 0;
2145 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2);
2146 if (val != 0)
2147 {
2148 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2149 return val;
2150 }
2151 }
2152 }
2153 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2154 return 0;
2155 }
2156
2157 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
2158
2159 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
2160 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
2161 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
2162 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
2163 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
2164 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
2165 static void
2166 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
2167 {
2168 if (internal)
2169 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
2170 else
2171 {
2172 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
2173 b->number = breakpoint_count;
2174 }
2175 }
2176
2177 static struct breakpoint *
2178 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
2179 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
2180 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
2181 {
2182 struct symtab_and_line sal;
2183 struct breakpoint *b;
2184
2185 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
2186
2187 sal.pc = address;
2188 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
2189 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
2190
2191 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
2192 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
2193 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
2194
2195 return b;
2196 }
2197
2198 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
2199 {
2200 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
2201 };
2202 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
2203
2204 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
2205 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
2206 {
2207 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
2208 struct minimal_symbol *overlay_msym;
2209
2210 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
2211 struct minimal_symbol *longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
2212
2213 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
2214 struct minimal_symbol *terminate_msym;
2215
2216 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
2217 struct minimal_symbol *exception_msym;
2218 };
2219
2220 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
2221
2222 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
2223 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
2224
2225 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
2226
2227 static int
2228 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
2229 {
2230 return msym == &msym_not_found;
2231 }
2232
2233 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
2234 Allocate the data if necessary. */
2235
2236 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
2237 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
2238 {
2239 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2240
2241 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
2242 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
2243 {
2244 bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
2245 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
2246
2247 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
2248 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
2249 }
2250 return bp_objfile_data;
2251 }
2252
2253 static void
2254 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
2255 {
2256 struct objfile *objfile;
2257 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
2258
2259 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2260 {
2261 struct breakpoint *b;
2262 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2263 CORE_ADDR addr;
2264
2265 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2266
2267 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym))
2268 continue;
2269
2270 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym == NULL)
2271 {
2272 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2273
2274 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
2275 if (m == NULL)
2276 {
2277 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
2278 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = &msym_not_found;
2279 continue;
2280 }
2281 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
2282 }
2283
2284 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
2285 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
2286 bp_overlay_event,
2287 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
2288 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2289
2290 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
2291 {
2292 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
2293 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
2294 }
2295 else
2296 {
2297 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2298 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
2299 }
2300 }
2301 update_global_location_list (1);
2302 }
2303
2304 static void
2305 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
2306 {
2307 struct program_space *pspace;
2308 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2309
2310 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
2311
2312 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
2313 {
2314 struct objfile *objfile;
2315
2316 set_current_program_space (pspace);
2317
2318 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2319 {
2320 int i;
2321 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
2322 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2323
2324 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
2325 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
2326 continue;
2327
2328 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2329
2330 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
2331 {
2332 struct breakpoint *b;
2333 const char *func_name;
2334 CORE_ADDR addr;
2335
2336 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]))
2337 continue;
2338
2339 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
2340 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] == NULL)
2341 {
2342 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2343
2344 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
2345 if (m == NULL)
2346 {
2347 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
2348 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = &msym_not_found;
2349 continue;
2350 }
2351 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
2352 }
2353
2354 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
2355 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
2356 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
2357 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2358 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2359 }
2360 }
2361 }
2362 update_global_location_list (1);
2363
2364 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2365 }
2366
2367 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
2368 static void
2369 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
2370 {
2371 struct program_space *pspace;
2372 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2373 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
2374
2375 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
2376
2377 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
2378 {
2379 struct objfile *objfile;
2380 CORE_ADDR addr;
2381
2382 set_current_program_space (pspace);
2383
2384 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2385 {
2386 struct breakpoint *b;
2387 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2388
2389 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2390
2391 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym))
2392 continue;
2393
2394 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym == NULL)
2395 {
2396 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2397
2398 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
2399 if (m == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_text
2400 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_file_text))
2401 {
2402 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
2403 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = &msym_not_found;
2404 continue;
2405 }
2406 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
2407 }
2408
2409 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
2410 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
2411 bp_std_terminate_master,
2412 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
2413 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2414 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2415 }
2416 }
2417
2418 update_global_location_list (1);
2419
2420 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2421 }
2422
2423 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
2424
2425 void
2426 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
2427 {
2428 struct objfile *objfile;
2429 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
2430
2431 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2432 {
2433 struct breakpoint *b;
2434 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
2435 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2436 CORE_ADDR addr;
2437
2438 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2439
2440 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym))
2441 continue;
2442
2443 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
2444
2445 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym == NULL)
2446 {
2447 struct minimal_symbol *debug_hook;
2448
2449 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
2450 if (debug_hook == NULL)
2451 {
2452 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = &msym_not_found;
2453 continue;
2454 }
2455
2456 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
2457 }
2458
2459 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
2460 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
2461 &current_target);
2462 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
2463 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
2464 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2465 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2466 }
2467
2468 update_global_location_list (1);
2469 }
2470
2471 void
2472 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
2473 {
2474 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
2475 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
2476
2477 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
2478 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
2479 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
2480 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
2481 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
2482 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
2483 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
2484 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
2485 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
2486 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
2487 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
2488
2489 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
2490 {
2491 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
2492 continue;
2493
2494 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
2495 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
2496 {
2497 delete_breakpoint (b);
2498 continue;
2499 }
2500
2501 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
2502 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
2503 {
2504 delete_breakpoint (b);
2505 continue;
2506 }
2507
2508 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
2509 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
2510 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
2511 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
2512 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
2513 {
2514 delete_breakpoint (b);
2515 continue;
2516 }
2517
2518 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
2519 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
2520 {
2521 delete_breakpoint (b);
2522 continue;
2523 }
2524
2525 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
2526 after an exec. */
2527 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
2528 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
2529 {
2530 delete_breakpoint (b);
2531 continue;
2532 }
2533
2534 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
2535 {
2536 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
2537 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
2538 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
2539 a new method, and call this method from here. */
2540 continue;
2541 }
2542
2543 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
2544 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
2545 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
2546 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
2547 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
2548 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
2549
2550 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
2551 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
2552 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
2553 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
2554 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
2555 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
2556 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
2557
2558 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
2559 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
2560 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
2561 let finish_command delete it.
2562
2563 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
2564 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
2565 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
2566 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
2567 solib breakpoints.) */
2568
2569 if (b->type == bp_finish)
2570 {
2571 continue;
2572 }
2573
2574 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
2575 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
2576 a.out. */
2577 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
2578 {
2579 delete_breakpoint (b);
2580 continue;
2581 }
2582 }
2583 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
2584 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
2585 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
2586 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
2587 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
2588 }
2589
2590 int
2591 detach_breakpoints (int pid)
2592 {
2593 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2594 int val = 0;
2595 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2596 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
2597
2598 if (pid == PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
2599 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
2600
2601 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
2602 inferior_ptid = pid_to_ptid (pid);
2603 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2604 {
2605 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2606 continue;
2607
2608 if (bl->inserted)
2609 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
2610 }
2611
2612 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
2613 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
2614
2615 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2616 return val;
2617 }
2618
2619 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
2620 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
2621 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
2622 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
2623 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
2624
2625 static int
2626 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
2627 {
2628 int val;
2629
2630 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
2631 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
2632
2633 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2634 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2635 return 0;
2636
2637 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2638 This should not ever happen. */
2639 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
2640
2641 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2642 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2643 {
2644 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
2645 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
2646 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
2647
2648 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2649 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2650 || bl->section == NULL
2651 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2652 {
2653 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
2654 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
2655 }
2656 else
2657 {
2658 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2659 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2660 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2661 {
2662 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
2663 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
2664 */
2665 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
2666 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
2667 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2668 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2669 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2670 else
2671 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2672 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2673 }
2674 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
2675 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
2676 if (bl->inserted)
2677 {
2678 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
2679 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
2680 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
2681 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
2682
2683 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
2684 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
2685 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
2686 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
2687 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2688 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
2689 else
2690 val = 0;
2691 }
2692 else
2693 {
2694 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
2695 val = 0;
2696 }
2697 }
2698
2699 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
2700 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
2701 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
2702 if (val && solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
2703 val = 0;
2704
2705 if (val)
2706 return val;
2707 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
2708 }
2709 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
2710 {
2711 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2712 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
2713
2714 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
2715 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
2716
2717 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
2718 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
2719 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
2720 bl->owner->number);
2721 }
2722 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
2723 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
2724 && !bl->duplicate)
2725 {
2726 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2727 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
2728
2729 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
2730 if (val)
2731 return val;
2732
2733 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
2734 }
2735
2736 return 0;
2737 }
2738
2739 static int
2740 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
2741 {
2742 int ret;
2743 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2744
2745 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
2746 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
2747
2748 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2749 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2750 return 0;
2751
2752 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2753 This should not ever happen. */
2754 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
2755
2756 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
2757
2758 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2759
2760 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
2761
2762 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2763 return ret;
2764 }
2765
2766 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
2767
2768 void
2769 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
2770 {
2771 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2772
2773 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2774 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
2775 bl->inserted = 0;
2776 }
2777
2778 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
2779 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
2780
2781 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
2782 between runs.
2783
2784 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
2785 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
2786 init_wait_for_inferior). */
2787
2788
2789
2790 void
2791 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
2792 {
2793 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
2794 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2795 int ix;
2796 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
2797
2798 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
2799 nothing to do. */
2800 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch))
2801 return;
2802
2803 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2804 {
2805 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2806 if (bl->pspace == pspace
2807 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
2808 bl->inserted = 0;
2809 }
2810
2811 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
2812 {
2813 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
2814 continue;
2815
2816 switch (b->type)
2817 {
2818 case bp_call_dummy:
2819
2820 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
2821 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
2822 rid of it. */
2823
2824 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
2825
2826 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
2827
2828 case bp_shlib_event:
2829
2830 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
2831 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
2832 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
2833 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
2834 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
2835
2836 (gdb) file prog-linux
2837 (gdb) run # native linux target
2838 ...
2839 (gdb) kill
2840 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
2841 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
2842 */
2843
2844 delete_breakpoint (b);
2845 break;
2846
2847 case bp_watchpoint:
2848 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
2849 case bp_read_watchpoint:
2850 case bp_access_watchpoint:
2851 {
2852 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
2853
2854 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
2855 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
2856 delete_breakpoint (b);
2857 else if (context == inf_starting)
2858 {
2859 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
2860 insert_breakpoints. */
2861 if (w->val)
2862 value_free (w->val);
2863 w->val = NULL;
2864 w->val_valid = 0;
2865 }
2866 }
2867 break;
2868 default:
2869 break;
2870 }
2871 }
2872
2873 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
2874 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
2875 decref_bp_location (&bl);
2876 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
2877 }
2878
2879 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
2880 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
2881 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
2882 match, not program space. */
2883
2884 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
2885 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
2886 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
2887 permanent breakpoint.
2888 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
2889 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
2890 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
2891 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
2892 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
2893
2894 enum breakpoint_here
2895 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
2896 {
2897 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2898 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
2899
2900 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2901 {
2902 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2903 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2904 continue;
2905
2906 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2907 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
2908 || bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2909 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
2910 {
2911 if (overlay_debugging
2912 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2913 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2914 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2915 else if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2916 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
2917 else
2918 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
2919 }
2920 }
2921
2922 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
2923 }
2924
2925 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
2926
2927 int
2928 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
2929 {
2930 struct bp_location *loc;
2931 int ix;
2932
2933 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
2934 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
2935 return 1;
2936
2937 return 0;
2938 }
2939
2940 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
2941 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
2942 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
2943 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
2944
2945 int
2946 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
2947 CORE_ADDR pc)
2948 {
2949 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2950
2951 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2952 {
2953 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2954 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2955 continue;
2956
2957 if (bl->inserted
2958 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
2959 {
2960 if (overlay_debugging
2961 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2962 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2963 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2964 else
2965 return 1;
2966 }
2967 }
2968 return 0;
2969 }
2970
2971 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
2972 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
2973
2974 int
2975 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
2976 {
2977 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
2978 return 1;
2979
2980 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
2981 return 1;
2982
2983 return 0;
2984 }
2985
2986 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
2987 inserted at PC. */
2988
2989 int
2990 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
2991 CORE_ADDR pc)
2992 {
2993 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2994
2995 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2996 {
2997 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
2998 continue;
2999
3000 if (bl->inserted
3001 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
3002 aspace, pc))
3003 {
3004 if (overlay_debugging
3005 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3006 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3007 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3008 else
3009 return 1;
3010 }
3011 }
3012
3013 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
3014 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3015 return 1;
3016
3017 return 0;
3018 }
3019
3020 int
3021 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
3022 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
3023 {
3024 struct breakpoint *bpt;
3025
3026 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
3027 {
3028 struct bp_location *loc;
3029
3030 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
3031 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
3032 continue;
3033
3034 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
3035 continue;
3036
3037 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3038 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
3039 {
3040 CORE_ADDR l, h;
3041
3042 /* Check for intersection. */
3043 l = max (loc->address, addr);
3044 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
3045 if (l < h)
3046 return 1;
3047 }
3048 }
3049 return 0;
3050 }
3051
3052 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
3053 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
3054
3055 int
3056 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
3057 ptid_t ptid)
3058 {
3059 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3060 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
3061 int thread = -1;
3062 int task = 0;
3063
3064 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3065 {
3066 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3067 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3068 continue;
3069
3070 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3071 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3072 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3073 continue;
3074
3075 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3076 continue;
3077
3078 if (bl->owner->thread != -1)
3079 {
3080 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
3081 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
3082 it is now time to do so. */
3083 if (thread == -1)
3084 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
3085 if (bl->owner->thread != thread)
3086 continue;
3087 }
3088
3089 if (bl->owner->task != 0)
3090 {
3091 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
3092 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
3093 it is now time to do so. */
3094 if (task == 0)
3095 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
3096 if (bl->owner->task != task)
3097 continue;
3098 }
3099
3100 if (overlay_debugging
3101 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3102 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3103 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3104
3105 return 1;
3106 }
3107
3108 return 0;
3109 }
3110 \f
3111
3112 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
3113 in breakpoint.h. */
3114
3115 int
3116 ep_is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
3117 {
3118 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
3119 }
3120
3121 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
3122 'next' chain. */
3123
3124 static void
3125 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
3126 {
3127 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3128 value_free (bs->old_val);
3129 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
3130 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
3131 xfree (bs);
3132 }
3133
3134 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
3135 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
3136
3137 void
3138 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
3139 {
3140 bpstat p;
3141 bpstat q;
3142
3143 if (bsp == 0)
3144 return;
3145 p = *bsp;
3146 while (p != NULL)
3147 {
3148 q = p->next;
3149 bpstat_free (p);
3150 p = q;
3151 }
3152 *bsp = NULL;
3153 }
3154
3155 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
3156 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
3157
3158 bpstat
3159 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
3160 {
3161 bpstat p = NULL;
3162 bpstat tmp;
3163 bpstat retval = NULL;
3164
3165 if (bs == NULL)
3166 return bs;
3167
3168 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3169 {
3170 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
3171 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
3172 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
3173 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
3174 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3175 {
3176 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
3177 release_value (tmp->old_val);
3178 }
3179
3180 if (p == NULL)
3181 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
3182 retval = tmp;
3183 else
3184 p->next = tmp;
3185 p = tmp;
3186 }
3187 p->next = NULL;
3188 return retval;
3189 }
3190
3191 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
3192
3193 bpstat
3194 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
3195 {
3196 if (bsp == NULL)
3197 return NULL;
3198
3199 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
3200 {
3201 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
3202 return bsp;
3203 }
3204 return NULL;
3205 }
3206
3207 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
3208 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
3209 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
3210 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
3211
3212 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
3213 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
3214 we set it.
3215 Return 1 otherwise. */
3216
3217 int
3218 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
3219 {
3220 struct breakpoint *b;
3221
3222 if ((*bsp) == NULL)
3223 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
3224
3225 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
3226 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
3227 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
3228 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
3229 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
3230 if (b == NULL)
3231 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
3232
3233 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
3234 return 1;
3235 }
3236
3237 /* See breakpoint.h. */
3238
3239 void
3240 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
3241 {
3242 struct thread_info *tp;
3243 bpstat bs;
3244
3245 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3246 return;
3247
3248 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
3249 if (tp == NULL)
3250 return;
3251
3252 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3253 {
3254 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
3255
3256 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3257 {
3258 value_free (bs->old_val);
3259 bs->old_val = NULL;
3260 }
3261 }
3262 }
3263
3264 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
3265
3266 static void
3267 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
3268 {
3269 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3270 {
3271 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
3272
3273 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
3274 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
3275 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
3276 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
3277 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
3278 return;
3279 }
3280
3281 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
3282 }
3283
3284 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
3285 command. */
3286 static void
3287 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
3288 {
3289 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
3290 }
3291
3292 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
3293 or its equivalent. */
3294
3295 static int
3296 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
3297 {
3298 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0
3299 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", cmd->line) == 0));
3300 }
3301
3302 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
3303 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
3304 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
3305 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
3306
3307 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
3308 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
3309 bpstat of the current thread. */
3310
3311 static int
3312 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
3313 {
3314 bpstat bs;
3315 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3316 int again = 0;
3317
3318 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
3319 in bs->commands. */
3320 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
3321 return 0;
3322
3323 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
3324 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
3325
3326 prevent_dont_repeat ();
3327
3328 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
3329 bs = *bsp;
3330
3331 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
3332 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3333 {
3334 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
3335 struct command_line *cmd;
3336 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
3337
3338 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
3339
3340 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
3341 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
3342 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
3343 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
3344 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
3345 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
3346 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
3347 the tree when we're done. */
3348 ccmd = bs->commands;
3349 bs->commands = NULL;
3350 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
3351 cmd = ccmd ? ccmd->commands : NULL;
3352 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
3353 {
3354 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
3355 cmd = cmd->next;
3356 }
3357
3358 while (cmd != NULL)
3359 {
3360 execute_control_command (cmd);
3361
3362 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
3363 break;
3364 else
3365 cmd = cmd->next;
3366 }
3367
3368 /* We can free this command tree now. */
3369 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
3370
3371 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
3372 {
3373 if (target_can_async_p ())
3374 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
3375 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
3376 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
3377 ;
3378 else
3379 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
3380 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
3381 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
3382 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
3383 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
3384 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
3385 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
3386 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
3387 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
3388 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
3389 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
3390 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
3391 with the new stop_bpstat. */
3392 again = 1;
3393 break;
3394 }
3395 }
3396 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3397 return again;
3398 }
3399
3400 void
3401 bpstat_do_actions (void)
3402 {
3403 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
3404
3405 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
3406 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
3407 && target_has_execution
3408 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
3409 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
3410 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
3411 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
3412 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
3413 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
3414 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
3415 break;
3416
3417 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
3418 }
3419
3420 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
3421
3422 static void
3423 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
3424 {
3425 if (val == NULL)
3426 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
3427 else
3428 {
3429 struct value_print_options opts;
3430 get_user_print_options (&opts);
3431 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
3432 }
3433 }
3434
3435 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
3436 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
3437 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
3438 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
3439 normal_stop(). */
3440
3441 static enum print_stop_action
3442 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
3443 {
3444 switch (bs->print_it)
3445 {
3446 case print_it_noop:
3447 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
3448 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3449 break;
3450
3451 case print_it_done:
3452 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
3453 relevant messages. */
3454 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
3455 break;
3456
3457 case print_it_normal:
3458 {
3459 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
3460
3461 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
3462 which has since been deleted. */
3463 if (b == NULL)
3464 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3465
3466 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
3467 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
3468 }
3469 break;
3470
3471 default:
3472 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
3473 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
3474 break;
3475 }
3476 }
3477
3478 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
3479 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
3480 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
3481 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
3482 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
3483 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
3484 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
3485 routine is one of:
3486
3487 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
3488 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
3489 code to print the location. An example is
3490 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
3491 the location.
3492 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
3493 to also print the location part of the message.
3494 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
3495 don't require a location appended to the end.
3496 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
3497 further info to be printed. */
3498
3499 enum print_stop_action
3500 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
3501 {
3502 int val;
3503
3504 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
3505 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
3506 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
3507 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
3508 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
3509 {
3510 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
3511 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
3512 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
3513 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
3514 return val;
3515 }
3516
3517 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
3518 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
3519 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
3520 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
3521 {
3522 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _("Stopped due to shared library event\n"));
3523 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
3524 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "reason",
3525 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
3526 return PRINT_NOTHING;
3527 }
3528
3529 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
3530 with and nothing was printed. */
3531 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3532 }
3533
3534 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
3535 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
3536 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
3537 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
3538
3539 static int
3540 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
3541 {
3542 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
3543 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
3544
3545 value_free_to_mark (mark);
3546 return i;
3547 }
3548
3549 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
3550
3551 static bpstat
3552 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
3553 {
3554 bpstat bs;
3555
3556 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
3557 bs->next = NULL;
3558 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
3559 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
3560 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
3561 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
3562 incref_bp_location (bl);
3563 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
3564 bs->commands = NULL;
3565 bs->old_val = NULL;
3566 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
3567 return bs;
3568 }
3569 \f
3570 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
3571 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
3572
3573 int
3574 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
3575 {
3576 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
3577 CORE_ADDR addr;
3578 struct breakpoint *b;
3579
3580 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
3581 {
3582 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
3583 as not triggered. */
3584 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3585 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
3586 {
3587 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3588
3589 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
3590 }
3591
3592 return 0;
3593 }
3594
3595 if (!target_stopped_data_address (&current_target, &addr))
3596 {
3597 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
3598 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
3599 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3600 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
3601 {
3602 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3603
3604 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
3605 }
3606
3607 return stopped_by_watchpoint;
3608 }
3609
3610 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
3611 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
3612 triggered. */
3613
3614 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3615 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
3616 {
3617 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3618 struct bp_location *loc;
3619
3620 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
3621 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3622 {
3623 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
3624 {
3625 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
3626 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
3627
3628 if (newaddr == start)
3629 {
3630 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
3631 break;
3632 }
3633 }
3634 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
3635 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (&current_target,
3636 addr, loc->address,
3637 loc->length))
3638 {
3639 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
3640 break;
3641 }
3642 }
3643 }
3644
3645 return 1;
3646 }
3647
3648 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
3649 because of check_errors). */
3650 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
3651 #define WP_DELETED 1
3652 /* The value has changed. */
3653 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
3654 /* The value has not changed. */
3655 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
3656 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
3657 #define WP_IGNORE 4
3658
3659 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
3660 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
3661
3662 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
3663 changed.
3664
3665 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
3666 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
3667
3668 static int
3669 watchpoint_check (void *p)
3670 {
3671 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
3672 struct watchpoint *b;
3673 struct frame_info *fr;
3674 int within_current_scope;
3675
3676 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
3677 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
3678 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
3679
3680 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
3681 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
3682 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
3683 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
3684 return WP_IGNORE;
3685
3686 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
3687 within_current_scope = 1;
3688 else
3689 {
3690 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
3691 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
3692 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
3693
3694 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
3695 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
3696 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
3697 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
3698 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
3699 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
3700 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
3701 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
3702 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
3703 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
3704 return WP_IGNORE;
3705
3706 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
3707 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
3708
3709 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
3710 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
3711 if (within_current_scope)
3712 {
3713 struct symbol *function;
3714
3715 function = get_frame_function (fr);
3716 if (function == NULL
3717 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
3718 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
3719 within_current_scope = 0;
3720 }
3721
3722 if (within_current_scope)
3723 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
3724 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
3725 the user. */
3726 select_frame (fr);
3727 }
3728
3729 if (within_current_scope)
3730 {
3731 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
3732 time before we return to the command level and call
3733 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
3734 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
3735
3736 int pc = 0;
3737 struct value *mark;
3738 struct value *new_val;
3739
3740 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
3741 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
3742 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
3743 a mask watchpoint. */
3744 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
3745
3746 mark = value_mark ();
3747 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL);
3748
3749 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
3750 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
3751 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
3752 not what we want. */
3753 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
3754 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
3755 {
3756 if (new_val != NULL)
3757 {
3758 release_value (new_val);
3759 value_free_to_mark (mark);
3760 }
3761 bs->old_val = b->val;
3762 b->val = new_val;
3763 b->val_valid = 1;
3764 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
3765 }
3766 else
3767 {
3768 /* Nothing changed. */
3769 value_free_to_mark (mark);
3770 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
3771 }
3772 }
3773 else
3774 {
3775 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
3776
3777 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
3778 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
3779 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
3780 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
3781 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
3782 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
3783 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
3784 the first value assigned). */
3785 /* We print all the stop information in
3786 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
3787 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
3788 already. So we have no choice but print the information
3789 here. */
3790 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3791 ui_out_field_string
3792 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
3793 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
3794 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->base.number);
3795 ui_out_text (uiout,
3796 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
3797 which its expression is valid.\n");
3798
3799 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
3800 decref_counted_command_line (&b->base.commands);
3801 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
3802
3803 return WP_DELETED;
3804 }
3805 }
3806
3807 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
3808 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
3809 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
3810
3811 static int
3812 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
3813 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
3814 {
3815 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
3816
3817 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
3818 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
3819
3820 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr);
3821 }
3822
3823 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
3824 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
3825
3826 static void
3827 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
3828 {
3829 const struct bp_location *bl;
3830 struct watchpoint *b;
3831
3832 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
3833 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
3834 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
3835 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
3836 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
3837
3838 {
3839 int must_check_value = 0;
3840
3841 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
3842 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
3843 watched value. */
3844 must_check_value = 1;
3845 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
3846 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
3847 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
3848 this watchpoint. */
3849 must_check_value = 1;
3850 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
3851 && b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
3852 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
3853 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
3854 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
3855 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
3856 must_check_value = 1;
3857
3858 if (must_check_value)
3859 {
3860 char *message
3861 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
3862 b->base.number);
3863 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
3864 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
3865 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
3866 do_cleanups (cleanups);
3867 switch (e)
3868 {
3869 case WP_DELETED:
3870 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3871 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
3872 /* Stop. */
3873 break;
3874 case WP_IGNORE:
3875 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3876 bs->stop = 0;
3877 break;
3878 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
3879 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
3880 {
3881 /* There are two cases to consider here:
3882
3883 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
3884 In that case, trust the target, and always report
3885 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
3886 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
3887 have changed since the last time it was read, and
3888 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
3889 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
3890 old value.
3891
3892 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
3893 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
3894 happen:
3895
3896 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
3897 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
3898 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
3899 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
3900
3901 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
3902 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
3903 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
3904 watchpoint.
3905
3906 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
3907 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
3908 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
3909 changes. This still gives false positives when
3910 the program writes the same value to memory as
3911 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
3912 it for a read), but it's much better than
3913 nothing. */
3914
3915 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
3916
3917 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
3918 {
3919 struct breakpoint *other_b;
3920
3921 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
3922 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
3923 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
3924 {
3925 struct watchpoint *other_w =
3926 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
3927
3928 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
3929 == watch_triggered_yes)
3930 {
3931 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
3932 break;
3933 }
3934 }
3935 }
3936
3937 if (other_write_watchpoint
3938 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
3939 {
3940 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
3941 and the value changed since the last time we
3942 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
3943 Ignore it. */
3944 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3945 bs->stop = 0;
3946 }
3947 }
3948 break;
3949 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
3950 if (b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
3951 || b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
3952 {
3953 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
3954 the value hasn't changed. */
3955 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3956 bs->stop = 0;
3957 }
3958 /* Stop. */
3959 break;
3960 default:
3961 /* Can't happen. */
3962 case 0:
3963 /* Error from catch_errors. */
3964 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->base.number);
3965 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
3966 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3967 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
3968 break;
3969 }
3970 }
3971 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
3972 {
3973 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
3974 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
3975 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
3976 anything for this watchpoint. */
3977 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3978 bs->stop = 0;
3979 }
3980 }
3981 }
3982
3983
3984 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
3985 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
3986 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
3987
3988 static void
3989 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
3990 {
3991 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
3992 const struct bp_location *bl;
3993 struct breakpoint *b;
3994
3995 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
3996 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
3997 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
3998 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
3999 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4000
4001 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
4002 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
4003 bs->stop = 0;
4004 else if (bs->stop)
4005 {
4006 int value_is_zero = 0;
4007 struct expression *cond;
4008
4009 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
4010 method implemented. */
4011 if (b->py_bp_object)
4012 bs->stop = gdbpy_should_stop (b->py_bp_object);
4013
4014 if (is_watchpoint (b))
4015 {
4016 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4017
4018 cond = w->cond_exp;
4019 }
4020 else
4021 cond = bl->cond;
4022
4023 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
4024 {
4025 int within_current_scope = 1;
4026 struct watchpoint * w;
4027
4028 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
4029 be a long time before we return to the command level and
4030 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
4031 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
4032 function call. */
4033 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4034
4035 if (is_watchpoint (b))
4036 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4037 else
4038 w = NULL;
4039
4040 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
4041 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
4042 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
4043 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
4044 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
4045 call site. */
4046 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
4047 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
4048 else
4049 {
4050 struct frame_info *frame;
4051
4052 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
4053 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
4054 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
4055 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
4056 really matter which instantiation of the function
4057 where the condition makes sense triggers the
4058 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
4059 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
4060 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
4061 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
4062 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
4063 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
4064 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
4065 intuitive. */
4066 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
4067 if (frame != NULL)
4068 select_frame (frame);
4069 else
4070 within_current_scope = 0;
4071 }
4072 if (within_current_scope)
4073 value_is_zero
4074 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
4075 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
4076 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
4077 else
4078 {
4079 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
4080 "in the current scope"));
4081 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
4082 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
4083 value_is_zero = 0;
4084 }
4085 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
4086 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4087 }
4088
4089 if (cond && value_is_zero)
4090 {
4091 bs->stop = 0;
4092 }
4093 else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
4094 {
4095 bs->stop = 0;
4096 }
4097 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
4098 {
4099 b->ignore_count--;
4100 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
4101 bs->stop = 0;
4102 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
4103 ++(b->hit_count);
4104 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
4105 }
4106 }
4107 }
4108
4109
4110 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
4111 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
4112
4113 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
4114 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
4115 that:
4116
4117 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
4118
4119 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
4120
4121 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
4122 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
4123 several reasons concurrently.)
4124
4125 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
4126 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
4127
4128 bpstat
4129 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
4130 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid)
4131 {
4132 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
4133 struct bp_location *bl;
4134 struct bp_location *loc;
4135 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
4136 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
4137 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
4138 bpstat bs;
4139 int ix;
4140 int need_remove_insert;
4141 int removed_any;
4142
4143 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
4144 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
4145 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
4146 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
4147 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
4148 inferior function calls. */
4149
4150 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4151 {
4152 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4153 continue;
4154
4155 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
4156 {
4157 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
4158 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
4159 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
4160 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
4161 checked all locations already. */
4162 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
4163 break;
4164
4165 if (bl->shlib_disabled)
4166 continue;
4167
4168 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr))
4169 continue;
4170
4171 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
4172 matches. */
4173
4174 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
4175 explain stop. */
4176
4177 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
4178 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
4179 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
4180 bs->stop = 1;
4181 bs->print = 1;
4182
4183 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
4184 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
4185 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
4186 iteration. */
4187 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
4188 {
4189 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
4190
4191 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4192 }
4193 }
4194 }
4195
4196 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
4197 {
4198 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr))
4199 {
4200 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
4201 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
4202 bs->stop = 0;
4203 bs->print = 0;
4204 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4205 }
4206 }
4207
4208 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
4209 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
4210 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
4211
4212 removed_any = 0;
4213
4214 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4215 {
4216 if (!bs->stop)
4217 continue;
4218
4219 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4220 b->ops->check_status (bs);
4221 if (bs->stop)
4222 {
4223 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
4224
4225 if (bs->stop)
4226 {
4227 ++(b->hit_count);
4228 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
4229
4230 /* We will stop here. */
4231 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
4232 {
4233 if (b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4234 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
4235 removed_any = 1;
4236 }
4237 if (b->silent)
4238 bs->print = 0;
4239 bs->commands = b->commands;
4240 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
4241 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
4242 ? bs->commands->commands : NULL))
4243 bs->print = 0;
4244 }
4245
4246 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't print. */
4247 if (bs->stop == 0 || bs->print == 0)
4248 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4249 }
4250 }
4251
4252 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
4253 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
4254 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
4255 done later. */
4256 need_remove_insert = 0;
4257 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
4258 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4259 if (!bs->stop
4260 && bs->breakpoint_at
4261 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
4262 {
4263 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4264
4265 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
4266 need_remove_insert = 1;
4267 }
4268
4269 if (need_remove_insert)
4270 update_global_location_list (1);
4271 else if (removed_any)
4272 update_global_location_list (0);
4273
4274 return bs_head;
4275 }
4276
4277 static void
4278 handle_jit_event (void)
4279 {
4280 struct frame_info *frame;
4281 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
4282
4283 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
4284 breakpoint_re_set. */
4285 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4286
4287 frame = get_current_frame ();
4288 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4289
4290 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
4291
4292 target_terminal_inferior ();
4293 }
4294
4295 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
4296
4297 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
4298
4299 struct bpstat_what
4300 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
4301 {
4302 struct bpstat_what retval;
4303 /* We need to defer calling `solib_add', as adding new symbols
4304 resets breakpoints, which in turn deletes breakpoint locations,
4305 and hence may clear unprocessed entries in the BS chain. */
4306 int shlib_event = 0;
4307 int jit_event = 0;
4308 bpstat bs;
4309
4310 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
4311 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
4312 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
4313
4314 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4315 {
4316 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
4317 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
4318 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
4319 enum bptype bptype;
4320
4321 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
4322 {
4323 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
4324 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
4325 bptype = bp_none;
4326 }
4327 else
4328 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
4329
4330 switch (bptype)
4331 {
4332 case bp_none:
4333 break;
4334 case bp_breakpoint:
4335 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
4336 case bp_until:
4337 case bp_finish:
4338 if (bs->stop)
4339 {
4340 if (bs->print)
4341 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4342 else
4343 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4344 }
4345 else
4346 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4347 break;
4348 case bp_watchpoint:
4349 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4350 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4351 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4352 if (bs->stop)
4353 {
4354 if (bs->print)
4355 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4356 else
4357 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4358 }
4359 else
4360 {
4361 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4362 This requires no further action. */
4363 }
4364 break;
4365 case bp_longjmp:
4366 case bp_exception:
4367 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
4368 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp;
4369 break;
4370 case bp_longjmp_resume:
4371 case bp_exception_resume:
4372 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
4373 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
4374 break;
4375 case bp_step_resume:
4376 if (bs->stop)
4377 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
4378 else
4379 {
4380 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
4381 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4382 }
4383 break;
4384 case bp_hp_step_resume:
4385 if (bs->stop)
4386 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
4387 else
4388 {
4389 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
4390 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4391 }
4392 break;
4393 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4394 case bp_thread_event:
4395 case bp_overlay_event:
4396 case bp_longjmp_master:
4397 case bp_std_terminate_master:
4398 case bp_exception_master:
4399 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4400 break;
4401 case bp_catchpoint:
4402 if (bs->stop)
4403 {
4404 if (bs->print)
4405 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4406 else
4407 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4408 }
4409 else
4410 {
4411 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4412 This requires no further action. */
4413 }
4414 break;
4415 case bp_shlib_event:
4416 shlib_event = 1;
4417
4418 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB
4419 of events. This allows the user to get control and place
4420 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically
4421 loaded objects (among other things). */
4422 if (stop_on_solib_events)
4423 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4424 else
4425 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4426 break;
4427 case bp_jit_event:
4428 jit_event = 1;
4429 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4430 break;
4431 case bp_call_dummy:
4432 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4433 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
4434 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
4435 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4436 break;
4437 case bp_std_terminate:
4438 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4439 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
4440 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
4441 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4442 break;
4443 case bp_tracepoint:
4444 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
4445 case bp_static_tracepoint:
4446 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
4447 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
4448 out already. */
4449 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4450 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
4451 break;
4452 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
4453 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
4454 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4455 break;
4456 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
4457 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
4458 PC of the former breakpoint. */
4459 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
4460 break;
4461 default:
4462 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4463 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
4464 }
4465
4466 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
4467 }
4468
4469 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
4470 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
4471
4472 if (shlib_event)
4473 {
4474 if (debug_infrun)
4475 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_shlib_event\n");
4476
4477 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed
4478 to be adding them automatically. */
4479
4480 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
4481 breakpoint_re_set. */
4482 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4483
4484 #ifdef SOLIB_ADD
4485 SOLIB_ADD (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
4486 #else
4487 solib_add (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
4488 #endif
4489
4490 target_terminal_inferior ();
4491 }
4492
4493 if (jit_event)
4494 {
4495 if (debug_infrun)
4496 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
4497
4498 handle_jit_event ();
4499 }
4500
4501 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4502 {
4503 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4504
4505 if (b == NULL)
4506 continue;
4507 switch (b->type)
4508 {
4509 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
4510 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
4511 break;
4512 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
4513 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
4514 break;
4515 }
4516 }
4517
4518 return retval;
4519 }
4520
4521 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
4522 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
4523 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
4524
4525 int
4526 bpstat_should_step (void)
4527 {
4528 struct breakpoint *b;
4529
4530 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4531 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
4532 return 1;
4533 return 0;
4534 }
4535
4536 int
4537 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
4538 {
4539 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4540 if (bs->stop)
4541 return 1;
4542
4543 return 0;
4544 }
4545
4546 \f
4547
4548 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
4549 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
4550 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
4551
4552 static char *
4553 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
4554 {
4555 static char wrap_indent[80];
4556 int i, total_width, width, align;
4557 char *text;
4558
4559 total_width = 0;
4560 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
4561 {
4562 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
4563 {
4564 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
4565 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
4566 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
4567
4568 return wrap_indent;
4569 }
4570
4571 total_width += width + 1;
4572 }
4573
4574 return NULL;
4575 }
4576
4577 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
4578
4579 static void
4580 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
4581 struct bp_location *loc)
4582 {
4583 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
4584 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
4585
4586 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
4587 loc = NULL;
4588
4589 if (loc != NULL)
4590 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
4591
4592 if (b->display_canonical)
4593 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->addr_string);
4594 else if (loc && loc->source_file)
4595 {
4596 struct symbol *sym
4597 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
4598 if (sym)
4599 {
4600 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
4601 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
4602 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
4603 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
4604 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
4605 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
4606 }
4607 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", loc->source_file);
4608 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
4609
4610 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4611 {
4612 struct symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_line (loc->address, 0);
4613 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab);
4614
4615 if (fullname)
4616 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
4617 }
4618
4619 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", loc->line_number);
4620 }
4621 else if (loc)
4622 {
4623 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
4624 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
4625
4626 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb->stream,
4627 demangle, "");
4628 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
4629
4630 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
4631 }
4632 else
4633 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
4634
4635 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4636 }
4637
4638 static const char *
4639 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
4640 {
4641 struct ep_type_description
4642 {
4643 enum bptype type;
4644 char *description;
4645 };
4646 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
4647 {
4648 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
4649 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
4650 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
4651 {bp_until, "until"},
4652 {bp_finish, "finish"},
4653 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
4654 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
4655 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
4656 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
4657 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
4658 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
4659 {bp_exception, "exception"},
4660 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
4661 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
4662 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
4663 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
4664 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
4665 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
4666 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
4667 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
4668 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
4669 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
4670 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
4671 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
4672 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
4673 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
4674 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
4675 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
4676 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
4677 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
4678 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
4679 };
4680
4681 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
4682 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
4683 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4684 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
4685 (int) type);
4686
4687 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
4688 }
4689
4690 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
4691
4692 static void
4693 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
4694 struct bp_location *loc,
4695 int loc_number,
4696 struct bp_location **last_loc,
4697 int allflag)
4698 {
4699 struct command_line *l;
4700 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
4701
4702 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
4703 int header_of_multiple = 0;
4704 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
4705 struct value_print_options opts;
4706
4707 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4708
4709 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
4710 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
4711 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
4712 if (loc == NULL
4713 && (b->loc != NULL
4714 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
4715 header_of_multiple = 1;
4716 if (loc == NULL)
4717 loc = b->loc;
4718
4719 annotate_record ();
4720
4721 /* 1 */
4722 annotate_field (0);
4723 if (part_of_multiple)
4724 {
4725 char *formatted;
4726 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
4727 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
4728 xfree (formatted);
4729 }
4730 else
4731 {
4732 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
4733 }
4734
4735 /* 2 */
4736 annotate_field (1);
4737 if (part_of_multiple)
4738 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
4739 else
4740 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
4741
4742 /* 3 */
4743 annotate_field (2);
4744 if (part_of_multiple)
4745 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
4746 else
4747 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
4748
4749
4750 /* 4 */
4751 annotate_field (3);
4752 if (part_of_multiple)
4753 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
4754 else
4755 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
4756 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
4757 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
4758
4759
4760 /* 5 and 6 */
4761 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
4762 {
4763 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
4764 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
4765 make sure there's just one location. */
4766 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
4767 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
4768 }
4769 else
4770 switch (b->type)
4771 {
4772 case bp_none:
4773 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4774 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
4775 break;
4776
4777 case bp_watchpoint:
4778 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4779 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4780 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4781 {
4782 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4783
4784 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
4785 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
4786 is relatively readable). */
4787 if (opts.addressprint)
4788 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
4789 annotate_field (5);
4790 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", w->exp_string);
4791 }
4792 break;
4793
4794 case bp_breakpoint:
4795 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
4796 case bp_until:
4797 case bp_finish:
4798 case bp_longjmp:
4799 case bp_longjmp_resume:
4800 case bp_exception:
4801 case bp_exception_resume:
4802 case bp_step_resume:
4803 case bp_hp_step_resume:
4804 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4805 case bp_call_dummy:
4806 case bp_std_terminate:
4807 case bp_shlib_event:
4808 case bp_thread_event:
4809 case bp_overlay_event:
4810 case bp_longjmp_master:
4811 case bp_std_terminate_master:
4812 case bp_exception_master:
4813 case bp_tracepoint:
4814 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
4815 case bp_static_tracepoint:
4816 case bp_jit_event:
4817 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
4818 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
4819 if (opts.addressprint)
4820 {
4821 annotate_field (4);
4822 if (header_of_multiple)
4823 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
4824 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
4825 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
4826 else
4827 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
4828 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
4829 }
4830 annotate_field (5);
4831 if (!header_of_multiple)
4832 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
4833 if (b->loc)
4834 *last_loc = b->loc;
4835 break;
4836 }
4837
4838
4839 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
4840 are several. */
4841 if (loc != NULL
4842 && !header_of_multiple
4843 && (allflag
4844 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
4845 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
4846 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
4847 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
4848 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
4849 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint)))
4850 {
4851 struct inferior *inf;
4852 int first = 1;
4853
4854 for (inf = inferior_list; inf != NULL; inf = inf->next)
4855 {
4856 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
4857 {
4858 if (first)
4859 {
4860 first = 0;
4861 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
4862 }
4863 else
4864 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
4865 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf->num));
4866 }
4867 }
4868 }
4869
4870 if (!part_of_multiple)
4871 {
4872 if (b->thread != -1)
4873 {
4874 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
4875 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
4876 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
4877 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
4878 }
4879 else if (b->task != 0)
4880 {
4881 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
4882 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
4883 }
4884 }
4885
4886 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
4887
4888 if (!part_of_multiple)
4889 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
4890
4891 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
4892 {
4893 annotate_field (6);
4894 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
4895 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
4896 the frame ID. */
4897 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
4898 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
4899 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
4900 }
4901
4902 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
4903 {
4904 annotate_field (7);
4905 if (is_tracepoint (b))
4906 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
4907 else
4908 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
4909 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
4910 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
4911 }
4912
4913 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
4914 {
4915 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
4916 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
4917 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
4918 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
4919 }
4920
4921 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count)
4922 {
4923 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
4924 if (ep_is_catchpoint (b))
4925 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
4926 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
4927 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttracepoint");
4928 else
4929 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
4930 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
4931 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
4932 if (b->hit_count == 1)
4933 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
4934 else
4935 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
4936 }
4937
4938 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi.
4939 FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
4940 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4941 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count == 0)
4942 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
4943
4944 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
4945 {
4946 annotate_field (8);
4947 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
4948 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
4949 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
4950 }
4951
4952 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
4953 {
4954 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
4955
4956 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
4957 {
4958 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
4959 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
4960 ui_out_text (uiout, " bytes\n");
4961 }
4962 }
4963
4964 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
4965 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
4966 {
4967 struct cleanup *script_chain;
4968
4969 annotate_field (9);
4970 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
4971 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
4972 do_cleanups (script_chain);
4973 }
4974
4975 if (is_tracepoint (b))
4976 {
4977 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
4978
4979 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
4980 {
4981 annotate_field (10);
4982 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
4983 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", t->pass_count);
4984 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
4985 }
4986 }
4987
4988 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
4989 {
4990 if (is_watchpoint (b))
4991 {
4992 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4993
4994 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", w->exp_string);
4995 }
4996 else if (b->addr_string)
4997 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
4998 }
4999 }
5000
5001 static void
5002 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
5003 struct bp_location **last_loc,
5004 int allflag)
5005 {
5006 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
5007 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5008
5009 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
5010
5011 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
5012 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
5013
5014 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
5015 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
5016 locations, if any. */
5017 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
5018 {
5019 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
5020 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
5021 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
5022 situation.
5023
5024 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
5025 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
5026 if (b->loc
5027 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
5028 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
5029 {
5030 struct bp_location *loc;
5031 int n = 1;
5032
5033 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
5034 {
5035 struct cleanup *inner2 =
5036 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
5037 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
5038 do_cleanups (inner2);
5039 }
5040 }
5041 }
5042 }
5043
5044 static int
5045 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
5046 {
5047 int print_address_bits = 0;
5048 struct bp_location *loc;
5049
5050 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
5051 {
5052 int addr_bit;
5053
5054 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
5055 an address to print. */
5056 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
5057 continue;
5058
5059 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
5060 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
5061 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
5062 }
5063
5064 return print_address_bits;
5065 }
5066
5067 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
5068 {
5069 int bnum;
5070 };
5071
5072 static int
5073 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
5074 {
5075 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
5076 struct breakpoint *b;
5077 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
5078
5079 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5080 {
5081 if (args->bnum == b->number)
5082 {
5083 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
5084 return GDB_RC_OK;
5085 }
5086 }
5087 return GDB_RC_NONE;
5088 }
5089
5090 enum gdb_rc
5091 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
5092 char **error_message)
5093 {
5094 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
5095
5096 args.bnum = bnum;
5097 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
5098 an error. */
5099 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
5100 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
5101 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
5102 else
5103 return GDB_RC_OK;
5104 }
5105
5106 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
5107 internal or momentary. */
5108
5109 int
5110 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
5111 {
5112 return b->number > 0;
5113 }
5114
5115 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
5116 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
5117 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
5118 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
5119 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
5120 breakpoints listed. */
5121
5122 static int
5123 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
5124 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
5125 {
5126 struct breakpoint *b;
5127 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
5128 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
5129 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
5130 struct value_print_options opts;
5131 int print_address_bits = 0;
5132 int print_type_col_width = 14;
5133 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5134
5135 get_user_print_options (&opts);
5136
5137 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
5138 required for address fields. */
5139 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
5140 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5141 {
5142 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
5143 if (filter && !filter (b))
5144 continue;
5145
5146 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
5147 accept. Skip the others. */
5148 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
5149 {
5150 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
5151 continue;
5152 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
5153 continue;
5154 }
5155
5156 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
5157 {
5158 int addr_bit, type_len;
5159
5160 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
5161 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
5162 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
5163
5164 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
5165 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
5166 print_type_col_width = type_len;
5167
5168 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
5169 }
5170 }
5171
5172 if (opts.addressprint)
5173 bkpttbl_chain
5174 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
5175 nr_printable_breakpoints,
5176 "BreakpointTable");
5177 else
5178 bkpttbl_chain
5179 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
5180 nr_printable_breakpoints,
5181 "BreakpointTable");
5182
5183 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5184 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
5185 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5186 annotate_field (0);
5187 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
5188 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5189 annotate_field (1);
5190 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
5191 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
5192 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5193 annotate_field (2);
5194 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
5195 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5196 annotate_field (3);
5197 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
5198 if (opts.addressprint)
5199 {
5200 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5201 annotate_field (4);
5202 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
5203 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
5204 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
5205 else
5206 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
5207 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
5208 }
5209 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5210 annotate_field (5);
5211 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
5212 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
5213 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5214 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
5215
5216 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5217 {
5218 QUIT;
5219 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
5220 if (filter && !filter (b))
5221 continue;
5222
5223 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
5224 accept. Skip the others. */
5225
5226 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
5227 {
5228 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
5229 {
5230 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
5231 continue;
5232 }
5233 else /* all others */
5234 {
5235 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
5236 continue;
5237 }
5238 }
5239 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
5240 allflag is set. */
5241 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
5242 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
5243 }
5244
5245 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
5246
5247 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
5248 {
5249 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
5250 empty list. */
5251 if (!filter)
5252 {
5253 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
5254 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
5255 else
5256 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
5257 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
5258 args);
5259 }
5260 }
5261 else
5262 {
5263 if (last_loc && !server_command)
5264 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
5265 }
5266
5267 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
5268 there have been breakpoints? */
5269 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
5270
5271 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
5272 }
5273
5274 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
5275 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
5276
5277 static void
5278 default_collect_info (void)
5279 {
5280 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5281
5282 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
5283 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
5284 not wanted. */
5285 if (!*default_collect)
5286 return;
5287
5288 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
5289 actions. */
5290 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
5291 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
5292 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
5293 }
5294
5295 static void
5296 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
5297 {
5298 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
5299
5300 default_collect_info ();
5301 }
5302
5303 static void
5304 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
5305 {
5306 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
5307 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5308
5309 if (num_printed == 0)
5310 {
5311 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
5312 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
5313 else
5314 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
5315 }
5316 }
5317
5318 static void
5319 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
5320 {
5321 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
5322
5323 default_collect_info ();
5324 }
5325
5326 static int
5327 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
5328 struct program_space *pspace,
5329 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
5330 {
5331 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
5332
5333 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
5334 {
5335 if (bl->pspace == pspace
5336 && bl->address == pc
5337 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
5338 return 1;
5339 }
5340 return 0;
5341 }
5342
5343 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
5344 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
5345 address spaces. */
5346
5347 static void
5348 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5349 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
5350 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
5351 {
5352 int others = 0;
5353 struct breakpoint *b;
5354
5355 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5356 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
5357 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
5358 if (others > 0)
5359 {
5360 if (others == 1)
5361 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
5362 else /* if (others == ???) */
5363 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
5364 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5365 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
5366 {
5367 others--;
5368 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
5369 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
5370 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
5371 else if (b->thread != -1)
5372 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
5373 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
5374 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
5375 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
5376 ? " (disabled)"
5377 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
5378 ? " (permanent)"
5379 : ""),
5380 (others > 1) ? ","
5381 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
5382 }
5383 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
5384 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
5385 printf_filtered (".\n");
5386 }
5387 }
5388 \f
5389
5390 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
5391 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
5392 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
5393 (or use it for any other purpose either).
5394
5395 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
5396 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
5397 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
5398 breakpoint at address zero:
5399
5400 bp_watchpoint
5401 bp_catchpoint
5402
5403 */
5404
5405 static int
5406 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
5407 {
5408 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
5409
5410 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
5411 }
5412
5413 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
5414 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
5415
5416 static int
5417 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
5418 struct bp_location *loc2)
5419 {
5420 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
5421 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
5422
5423 /* Both of them must exist. */
5424 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
5425 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
5426
5427 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
5428 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
5429 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
5430 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
5431 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
5432 other watchpoint. */
5433 if ((w1->cond_exp
5434 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
5435 loc1->length,
5436 loc1->watchpoint_type,
5437 w1->cond_exp))
5438 || (w2->cond_exp
5439 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
5440 loc2->length,
5441 loc2->watchpoint_type,
5442 w2->cond_exp)))
5443 return 0;
5444
5445 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
5446 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
5447 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
5448 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
5449 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
5450 become hw_access locations later. */
5451 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
5452 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
5453 && loc1->address == loc2->address
5454 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
5455 }
5456
5457 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
5458 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
5459 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
5460 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
5461
5462 static int
5463 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
5464 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
5465 {
5466 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
5467 || aspace1 == aspace2)
5468 && addr1 == addr2);
5469 }
5470
5471 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
5472 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
5473 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
5474 space doesn't really matter. */
5475
5476 static int
5477 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
5478 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
5479 CORE_ADDR addr2)
5480 {
5481 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
5482 || aspace1 == aspace2)
5483 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
5484 }
5485
5486 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
5487 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
5488 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
5489 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
5490
5491 static int
5492 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
5493 struct address_space *aspace,
5494 CORE_ADDR addr)
5495 {
5496 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
5497 aspace, addr)
5498 || (bl->length
5499 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
5500 bl->address, bl->length,
5501 aspace, addr)));
5502 }
5503
5504 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
5505 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
5506 true, otherwise returns false. */
5507
5508 static int
5509 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
5510 struct bp_location *loc2)
5511 {
5512 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
5513 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
5514 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
5515 different locations. */
5516 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
5517 else
5518 return 0;
5519 }
5520
5521 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
5522 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
5523 represent the same location. */
5524
5525 static int
5526 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
5527 struct bp_location *loc2)
5528 {
5529 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
5530
5531 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
5532 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
5533 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
5534
5535 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
5536 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
5537
5538 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
5539 return 0;
5540 else if (hw_point1)
5541 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
5542 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
5543 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
5544 else
5545 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
5546 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
5547 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
5548 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
5549 }
5550
5551 static void
5552 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
5553 int bnum, int have_bnum)
5554 {
5555 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
5556 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
5557 char astr1[64];
5558 char astr2[64];
5559
5560 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
5561 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
5562 if (have_bnum)
5563 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
5564 bnum, astr1, astr2);
5565 else
5566 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
5567 }
5568
5569 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
5570 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
5571 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
5572 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
5573
5574 static CORE_ADDR
5575 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5576 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
5577 {
5578 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
5579 {
5580 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
5581 return bpaddr;
5582 }
5583 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
5584 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5585 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
5586 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
5587 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
5588 {
5589 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
5590 have their addresses modified. */
5591 return bpaddr;
5592 }
5593 else
5594 {
5595 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
5596
5597 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
5598 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
5599 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
5600
5601 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
5602 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
5603 is required. */
5604 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
5605 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
5606
5607 return adjusted_bpaddr;
5608 }
5609 }
5610
5611 void
5612 init_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc, const struct bp_location_ops *ops,
5613 struct breakpoint *owner)
5614 {
5615 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
5616
5617 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
5618
5619 loc->ops = ops;
5620 loc->owner = owner;
5621 loc->cond = NULL;
5622 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
5623 loc->enabled = 1;
5624
5625 switch (owner->type)
5626 {
5627 case bp_breakpoint:
5628 case bp_until:
5629 case bp_finish:
5630 case bp_longjmp:
5631 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5632 case bp_exception:
5633 case bp_exception_resume:
5634 case bp_step_resume:
5635 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5636 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5637 case bp_call_dummy:
5638 case bp_std_terminate:
5639 case bp_shlib_event:
5640 case bp_thread_event:
5641 case bp_overlay_event:
5642 case bp_jit_event:
5643 case bp_longjmp_master:
5644 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5645 case bp_exception_master:
5646 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5647 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5648 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
5649 break;
5650 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5651 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
5652 break;
5653 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5654 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5655 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5656 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
5657 break;
5658 case bp_watchpoint:
5659 case bp_catchpoint:
5660 case bp_tracepoint:
5661 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5662 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5663 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
5664 break;
5665 default:
5666 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
5667 }
5668
5669 loc->refc = 1;
5670 }
5671
5672 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
5673
5674 static struct bp_location *
5675 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
5676 {
5677 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
5678 }
5679
5680 static void
5681 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
5682 {
5683 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
5684 xfree (loc);
5685 }
5686
5687 /* Increment reference count. */
5688
5689 static void
5690 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
5691 {
5692 ++bl->refc;
5693 }
5694
5695 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
5696 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
5697
5698 static void
5699 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
5700 {
5701 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
5702
5703 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
5704 free_bp_location (*blp);
5705 *blp = NULL;
5706 }
5707
5708 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
5709
5710 static void
5711 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
5712 {
5713 struct breakpoint *b1;
5714
5715 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
5716 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
5717
5718 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
5719 if (b1 == 0)
5720 breakpoint_chain = b;
5721 else
5722 {
5723 while (b1->next)
5724 b1 = b1->next;
5725 b1->next = b;
5726 }
5727 }
5728
5729 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
5730
5731 static void
5732 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5733 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5734 enum bptype bptype,
5735 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
5736 {
5737 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
5738
5739 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
5740
5741 b->ops = ops;
5742 b->type = bptype;
5743 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
5744 b->language = current_language->la_language;
5745 b->input_radix = input_radix;
5746 b->thread = -1;
5747 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
5748 b->next = 0;
5749 b->silent = 0;
5750 b->ignore_count = 0;
5751 b->commands = NULL;
5752 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
5753 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
5754 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
5755 b->related_breakpoint = b;
5756 }
5757
5758 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
5759 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
5760
5761 static struct breakpoint *
5762 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5763 enum bptype bptype,
5764 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
5765 {
5766 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
5767
5768 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
5769 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
5770 return b;
5771 }
5772
5773 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
5774 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
5775 enough. */
5776
5777 static void
5778 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
5779 {
5780 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
5781
5782 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
5783 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
5784 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
5785 {
5786 int is_gnu_ifunc;
5787
5788 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &loc->function_name,
5789 NULL, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
5790
5791 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
5792 {
5793 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
5794
5795 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
5796 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (loc->function_name,
5797 &loc->requested_address))
5798 {
5799 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
5800 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
5801 loc->requested_address,
5802 b->type);
5803 }
5804 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
5805 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
5806 {
5807 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
5808 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
5809 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
5810 }
5811 }
5812
5813 if (loc->function_name)
5814 loc->function_name = xstrdup (loc->function_name);
5815 }
5816 }
5817
5818 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
5819 struct gdbarch *
5820 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
5821 {
5822 if (sal.section)
5823 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
5824 if (sal.symtab)
5825 return get_objfile_arch (sal.symtab->objfile);
5826
5827 return NULL;
5828 }
5829
5830 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
5831 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
5832 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
5833
5834 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
5835 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
5836 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
5837
5838 static void
5839 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5840 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
5841 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
5842 {
5843 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
5844
5845 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
5846
5847 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
5848 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
5849
5850 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
5851 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
5852 program space. */
5853 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
5854 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
5855
5856 breakpoints_changed ();
5857 }
5858
5859 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
5860 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
5861 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
5862 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
5863 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
5864 is also returned as the value of this function.
5865
5866 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
5867 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
5868 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
5869 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
5870 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
5871 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
5872 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
5873
5874 struct breakpoint *
5875 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5876 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
5877 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
5878 {
5879 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
5880
5881 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
5882 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
5883 return b;
5884 }
5885
5886
5887 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
5888 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
5889 void
5890 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
5891 {
5892 struct bp_location *bl;
5893
5894 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
5895
5896 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
5897 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
5898 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
5899 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
5900 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
5901 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5902 bl->inserted = 1;
5903 }
5904
5905 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
5906 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
5907 initiated the operation. */
5908
5909 void
5910 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
5911 {
5912 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
5913 int thread = tp->num;
5914
5915 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
5916 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
5917 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
5918 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
5919 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
5920 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
5921 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
5922 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
5923 {
5924 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
5925 struct breakpoint *clone;
5926
5927 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
5928 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
5929 clone->thread = thread;
5930 }
5931
5932 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
5933 }
5934
5935 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
5936 void
5937 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
5938 {
5939 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
5940
5941 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
5942 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
5943 {
5944 if (b->thread == thread)
5945 delete_breakpoint (b);
5946 }
5947 }
5948
5949 void
5950 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
5951 {
5952 struct breakpoint *b;
5953
5954 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5955 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
5956 {
5957 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
5958 update_global_location_list (1);
5959 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
5960 }
5961 }
5962
5963 void
5964 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
5965 {
5966 struct breakpoint *b;
5967
5968 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5969 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
5970 {
5971 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5972 update_global_location_list (0);
5973 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
5974 }
5975 }
5976
5977 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
5978 master breakpoint. */
5979 void
5980 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
5981 {
5982 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
5983
5984 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
5985 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
5986 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
5987 {
5988 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
5989 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
5990 }
5991 }
5992
5993 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
5994 void
5995 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
5996 {
5997 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
5998
5999 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6000 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
6001 delete_breakpoint (b);
6002 }
6003
6004 struct breakpoint *
6005 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
6006 {
6007 struct breakpoint *b;
6008
6009 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
6010 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
6011
6012 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6013 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
6014 b->addr_string
6015 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
6016
6017 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6018
6019 return b;
6020 }
6021
6022 void
6023 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
6024 {
6025 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6026
6027 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6028 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
6029 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
6030 delete_breakpoint (b);
6031 }
6032
6033 struct lang_and_radix
6034 {
6035 enum language lang;
6036 int radix;
6037 };
6038
6039 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
6040
6041 struct breakpoint *
6042 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
6043 {
6044 struct breakpoint *b;
6045
6046 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
6047 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
6048 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6049 return b;
6050 }
6051
6052 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
6053
6054 void
6055 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
6056 {
6057 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6058
6059 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6060 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
6061 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
6062 delete_breakpoint (b);
6063 }
6064
6065 void
6066 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
6067 {
6068 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6069
6070 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6071 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
6072 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
6073 delete_breakpoint (b);
6074 }
6075
6076 struct breakpoint *
6077 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
6078 {
6079 struct breakpoint *b;
6080
6081 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
6082 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
6083 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6084 return b;
6085 }
6086
6087 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
6088 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
6089
6090 void
6091 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
6092 {
6093 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
6094
6095 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
6096 {
6097 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
6098 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
6099
6100 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
6101 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
6102 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
6103 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
6104 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
6105 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
6106 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
6107 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6108 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
6109 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
6110 && !loc->shlib_disabled
6111 #ifdef PC_SOLIB
6112 && PC_SOLIB (loc->address)
6113 #else
6114 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
6115 #endif
6116 )
6117 {
6118 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
6119 }
6120 }
6121 }
6122
6123 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in an unloaded shared
6124 library. Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
6125 disabled. */
6126
6127 static void
6128 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
6129 {
6130 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
6131 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
6132
6133 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
6134 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
6135 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
6136 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
6137 if (exec_bfd != NULL
6138 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
6139 return;
6140
6141 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
6142 {
6143 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
6144 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
6145
6146 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
6147 && !loc->shlib_disabled
6148 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
6149 || b->type == bp_jit_event
6150 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6151 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
6152 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
6153 || is_tracepoint (b))
6154 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
6155 {
6156 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
6157 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
6158 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
6159 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
6160 loc->inserted = 0;
6161
6162 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
6163 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
6164
6165 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
6166 {
6167 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
6168 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
6169 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
6170 solib->so_name);
6171 }
6172 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
6173 }
6174 }
6175 }
6176
6177 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
6178
6179 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
6180 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
6181 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
6182 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
6183 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
6184
6185 struct fork_catchpoint
6186 {
6187 /* The base class. */
6188 struct breakpoint base;
6189
6190 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
6191 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
6192 catchpoint has triggered. */
6193 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
6194 };
6195
6196 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6197 catchpoints. */
6198
6199 static int
6200 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
6201 {
6202 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6203 }
6204
6205 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6206 catchpoints. */
6207
6208 static int
6209 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
6210 {
6211 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6212 }
6213
6214 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6215 catchpoints. */
6216
6217 static int
6218 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
6219 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
6220 {
6221 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6222
6223 return inferior_has_forked (inferior_ptid, &c->forked_inferior_pid);
6224 }
6225
6226 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6227 catchpoints. */
6228
6229 static enum print_stop_action
6230 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
6231 {
6232 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6233 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
6234 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
6235
6236 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6237 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
6238 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
6239 else
6240 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
6241 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6242 {
6243 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
6244 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
6245 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6246 }
6247 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6248 ui_out_text (uiout, " (forked process ");
6249 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
6250 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
6251 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6252 }
6253
6254 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6255 catchpoints. */
6256
6257 static void
6258 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
6259 {
6260 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
6261 struct value_print_options opts;
6262 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6263
6264 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6265
6266 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6267 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6268 readable). */
6269 if (opts.addressprint)
6270 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6271 annotate_field (5);
6272 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
6273 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
6274 {
6275 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
6276 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
6277 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
6278 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
6279 }
6280 }
6281
6282 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6283 catchpoints. */
6284
6285 static void
6286 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
6287 {
6288 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
6289 }
6290
6291 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6292 catchpoints. */
6293
6294 static void
6295 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6296 {
6297 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
6298 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
6299 }
6300
6301 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
6302
6303 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
6304
6305 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6306 catchpoints. */
6307
6308 static int
6309 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
6310 {
6311 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6312 }
6313
6314 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6315 catchpoints. */
6316
6317 static int
6318 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
6319 {
6320 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6321 }
6322
6323 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6324 catchpoints. */
6325
6326 static int
6327 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
6328 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
6329 {
6330 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6331
6332 return inferior_has_vforked (inferior_ptid, &c->forked_inferior_pid);
6333 }
6334
6335 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6336 catchpoints. */
6337
6338 static enum print_stop_action
6339 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
6340 {
6341 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6342 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
6343 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
6344
6345 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6346 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
6347 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
6348 else
6349 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
6350 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6351 {
6352 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
6353 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
6354 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6355 }
6356 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6357 ui_out_text (uiout, " (vforked process ");
6358 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
6359 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
6360 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6361 }
6362
6363 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6364 catchpoints. */
6365
6366 static void
6367 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
6368 {
6369 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
6370 struct value_print_options opts;
6371 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6372
6373 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6374 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6375 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6376 readable). */
6377 if (opts.addressprint)
6378 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6379 annotate_field (5);
6380 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
6381 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
6382 {
6383 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
6384 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
6385 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
6386 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
6387 }
6388 }
6389
6390 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6391 catchpoints. */
6392
6393 static void
6394 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
6395 {
6396 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
6397 }
6398
6399 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6400 catchpoints. */
6401
6402 static void
6403 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6404 {
6405 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
6406 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
6407 }
6408
6409 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
6410
6411 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
6412
6413 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
6414 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
6415 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
6416 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
6417 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
6418
6419 struct syscall_catchpoint
6420 {
6421 /* The base class. */
6422 struct breakpoint base;
6423
6424 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
6425 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
6426 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
6427 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
6428 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught;
6429 };
6430
6431 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6432 catchpoints. */
6433
6434 static void
6435 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
6436 {
6437 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
6438
6439 VEC_free (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught);
6440
6441 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
6442 }
6443
6444 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6445 catchpoints. */
6446
6447 static int
6448 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
6449 {
6450 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6451 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
6452
6453 ++inf->total_syscalls_count;
6454 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6455 ++inf->any_syscall_count;
6456 else
6457 {
6458 int i, iter;
6459
6460 for (i = 0;
6461 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6462 i++)
6463 {
6464 int elem;
6465
6466 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts))
6467 {
6468 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts);
6469 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
6470 = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
6471 uintptr_t vec_addr;
6472 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
6473 vec_addr = (uintptr_t) VEC_address (int, inf->syscalls_counts) +
6474 vec_addr_offset;
6475 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
6476 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
6477 }
6478 elem = VEC_index (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter);
6479 VEC_replace (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
6480 }
6481 }
6482
6483 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
6484 inf->total_syscalls_count != 0,
6485 inf->any_syscall_count,
6486 VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts),
6487 VEC_address (int, inf->syscalls_counts));
6488 }
6489
6490 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6491 catchpoints. */
6492
6493 static int
6494 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
6495 {
6496 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6497 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
6498
6499 --inf->total_syscalls_count;
6500 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6501 --inf->any_syscall_count;
6502 else
6503 {
6504 int i, iter;
6505
6506 for (i = 0;
6507 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6508 i++)
6509 {
6510 int elem;
6511 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts))
6512 /* Shouldn't happen. */
6513 continue;
6514 elem = VEC_index (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter);
6515 VEC_replace (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
6516 }
6517 }
6518
6519 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
6520 inf->total_syscalls_count != 0,
6521 inf->any_syscall_count,
6522 VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts),
6523 VEC_address (int,
6524 inf->syscalls_counts));
6525 }
6526
6527 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6528 catchpoints. */
6529
6530 static int
6531 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location *bl,
6532 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
6533 {
6534 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
6535 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
6536 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
6537 int syscall_number = 0;
6538 const struct syscall_catchpoint *c
6539 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6540
6541 if (!inferior_has_called_syscall (inferior_ptid, &syscall_number))
6542 return 0;
6543
6544 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
6545 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6546 {
6547 int i, iter;
6548
6549 for (i = 0;
6550 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6551 i++)
6552 if (syscall_number == iter)
6553 break;
6554 /* Not the same. */
6555 if (!iter)
6556 return 0;
6557 }
6558
6559 return 1;
6560 }
6561
6562 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6563 catchpoints. */
6564
6565 static enum print_stop_action
6566 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs)
6567 {
6568 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6569 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
6570 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
6571 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
6572 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
6573 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
6574 ptid_t ptid;
6575 struct target_waitstatus last;
6576 struct syscall s;
6577 char *syscall_id;
6578
6579 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
6580
6581 get_syscall_by_number (last.value.syscall_number, &s);
6582
6583 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6584
6585 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
6586 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
6587 else
6588 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
6589 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6590 {
6591 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
6592 async_reason_lookup (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
6593 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
6594 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN));
6595 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6596 }
6597 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6598
6599 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
6600 ui_out_text (uiout, " (call to syscall ");
6601 else
6602 ui_out_text (uiout, " (returned from syscall ");
6603
6604 if (s.name == NULL || ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6605 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "syscall-number", last.value.syscall_number);
6606 if (s.name != NULL)
6607 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "syscall-name", s.name);
6608
6609 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
6610
6611 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6612 }
6613
6614 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6615 catchpoints. */
6616
6617 static void
6618 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
6619 struct bp_location **last_loc)
6620 {
6621 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
6622 struct value_print_options opts;
6623 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6624
6625 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6626 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6627 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6628 readable). */
6629 if (opts.addressprint)
6630 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6631 annotate_field (5);
6632
6633 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught
6634 && VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
6635 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
6636 else
6637 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
6638
6639 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6640 {
6641 int i, iter;
6642 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
6643
6644 for (i = 0;
6645 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6646 i++)
6647 {
6648 char *x = text;
6649 struct syscall s;
6650 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
6651
6652 if (s.name != NULL)
6653 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
6654 else
6655 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
6656
6657 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
6658 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
6659 on every call. */
6660 xfree (x);
6661 }
6662 /* Remove the last comma. */
6663 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
6664 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
6665 }
6666 else
6667 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
6668 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
6669 }
6670
6671 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6672 catchpoints. */
6673
6674 static void
6675 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
6676 {
6677 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
6678
6679 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6680 {
6681 int i, iter;
6682
6683 if (VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
6684 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
6685 else
6686 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
6687
6688 for (i = 0;
6689 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6690 i++)
6691 {
6692 struct syscall s;
6693 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
6694
6695 if (s.name)
6696 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
6697 else
6698 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
6699 }
6700 printf_filtered (")");
6701 }
6702 else
6703 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
6704 b->number);
6705 }
6706
6707 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6708 catchpoints. */
6709
6710 static void
6711 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6712 {
6713 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
6714
6715 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
6716
6717 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6718 {
6719 int i, iter;
6720
6721 for (i = 0;
6722 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6723 i++)
6724 {
6725 struct syscall s;
6726
6727 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
6728 if (s.name)
6729 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
6730 else
6731 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
6732 }
6733 }
6734 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
6735 }
6736
6737 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
6738
6739 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
6740
6741 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
6742
6743 static int
6744 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6745 {
6746 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
6747 }
6748
6749 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
6750 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
6751 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
6752 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
6753
6754 static void
6755 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6756 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
6757 char *cond_string,
6758 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6759 {
6760 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6761
6762 init_sal (&sal);
6763 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
6764
6765 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
6766
6767 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
6768 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
6769 }
6770
6771 void
6772 install_breakpoint (int internal, struct breakpoint *b, int update_gll)
6773 {
6774 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
6775 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
6776 if (!internal)
6777 mention (b);
6778 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
6779
6780 if (update_gll)
6781 update_global_location_list (1);
6782 }
6783
6784 static void
6785 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6786 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
6787 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6788 {
6789 struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint);
6790
6791 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
6792
6793 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
6794
6795 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
6796 }
6797
6798 /* Exec catchpoints. */
6799
6800 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
6801 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
6802 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
6803 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
6804 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
6805
6806 struct exec_catchpoint
6807 {
6808 /* The base class. */
6809 struct breakpoint base;
6810
6811 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
6812 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
6813 triggered. */
6814 char *exec_pathname;
6815 };
6816
6817 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
6818 catchpoints. */
6819
6820 static void
6821 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
6822 {
6823 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
6824
6825 xfree (c->exec_pathname);
6826
6827 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
6828 }
6829
6830 static int
6831 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
6832 {
6833 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6834 }
6835
6836 static int
6837 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
6838 {
6839 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6840 }
6841
6842 static int
6843 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
6844 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
6845 {
6846 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6847
6848 return inferior_has_execd (inferior_ptid, &c->exec_pathname);
6849 }
6850
6851 static enum print_stop_action
6852 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
6853 {
6854 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6855 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
6856 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
6857
6858 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6859 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
6860 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
6861 else
6862 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
6863 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6864 {
6865 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
6866 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
6867 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6868 }
6869 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6870 ui_out_text (uiout, " (exec'd ");
6871 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
6872 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
6873
6874 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6875 }
6876
6877 static void
6878 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
6879 {
6880 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
6881 struct value_print_options opts;
6882 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6883
6884 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6885
6886 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6887 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6888 is relatively readable). */
6889 if (opts.addressprint)
6890 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6891 annotate_field (5);
6892 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
6893 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
6894 {
6895 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
6896 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", c->exec_pathname);
6897 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
6898 }
6899 }
6900
6901 static void
6902 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
6903 {
6904 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
6905 }
6906
6907 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
6908 catchpoints. */
6909
6910 static void
6911 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6912 {
6913 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
6914 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
6915 }
6916
6917 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
6918
6919 static void
6920 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
6921 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6922 {
6923 struct syscall_catchpoint *c;
6924 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
6925
6926 c = XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint);
6927 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
6928 c->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
6929
6930 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
6931 }
6932
6933 static int
6934 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
6935 {
6936 int i = 0;
6937 struct breakpoint *b;
6938 struct bp_location *bl;
6939
6940 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6941 {
6942 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
6943 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
6944 {
6945 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
6946 one register. */
6947 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
6948 }
6949 }
6950
6951 return i;
6952 }
6953
6954 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
6955 watchpoint. */
6956
6957 static int
6958 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
6959 {
6960 int i = 0;
6961 struct bp_location *bl;
6962
6963 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
6964 return 0;
6965
6966 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
6967 {
6968 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
6969 one register. */
6970 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
6971 }
6972
6973 return i;
6974 }
6975
6976 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
6977 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
6978 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
6979 types _not_ TYPE. */
6980
6981 static int
6982 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
6983 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
6984 {
6985 int i = 0;
6986 struct breakpoint *b;
6987
6988 *other_type_used = 0;
6989 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6990 {
6991 if (b == except)
6992 continue;
6993 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
6994 continue;
6995
6996 if (b->type == type)
6997 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
6998 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
6999 *other_type_used = 1;
7000 }
7001
7002 return i;
7003 }
7004
7005 void
7006 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
7007 {
7008 struct breakpoint *b;
7009
7010 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7011 {
7012 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
7013 {
7014 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
7015 update_global_location_list (0);
7016 }
7017 }
7018 }
7019
7020 void
7021 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
7022 {
7023 struct breakpoint *b;
7024
7025 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7026 {
7027 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
7028 {
7029 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7030 update_global_location_list (1);
7031 }
7032 }
7033 }
7034
7035 void
7036 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
7037 {
7038 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
7039 update_global_location_list (0);
7040 }
7041
7042 void
7043 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
7044 {
7045 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
7046 breakpoint_re_set ();
7047 }
7048
7049
7050 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
7051 at address specified by SAL.
7052 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
7053
7054 struct breakpoint *
7055 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
7056 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
7057 {
7058 struct breakpoint *b;
7059
7060 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined
7061 one. */
7062 gdb_assert (!frame_id_inlined_p (frame_id));
7063
7064 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7065 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7066 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
7067 b->frame_id = frame_id;
7068
7069 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
7070 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
7071 control. */
7072 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
7073 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7074
7075 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7076
7077 return b;
7078 }
7079
7080 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
7081 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
7082 breakpoint_ops. */
7083
7084 static struct breakpoint *
7085 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
7086 enum bptype type,
7087 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7088 {
7089 struct breakpoint *copy;
7090
7091 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
7092 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
7093 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
7094
7095 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
7096 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
7097 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
7098 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
7099 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
7100
7101 if (orig->loc->source_file != NULL)
7102 copy->loc->source_file = xstrdup (orig->loc->source_file);
7103
7104 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
7105 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
7106 copy->thread = orig->thread;
7107 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
7108
7109 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7110 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
7111 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
7112
7113 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
7114 return copy;
7115 }
7116
7117 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
7118 ORIG is NULL. */
7119
7120 struct breakpoint *
7121 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
7122 {
7123 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
7124 if (orig == NULL)
7125 return NULL;
7126
7127 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops);
7128 }
7129
7130 struct breakpoint *
7131 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
7132 enum bptype type)
7133 {
7134 struct symtab_and_line sal;
7135
7136 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
7137 sal.pc = pc;
7138 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
7139 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
7140
7141 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
7142 }
7143 \f
7144
7145 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
7146
7147 static void
7148 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
7149 {
7150 b->ops->print_mention (b);
7151 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
7152 return;
7153 printf_filtered ("\n");
7154 }
7155 \f
7156
7157 static struct bp_location *
7158 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
7159 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
7160 {
7161 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
7162 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
7163 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
7164
7165 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
7166 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
7167
7168 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
7169 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
7170 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
7171 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
7172 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
7173 location that's only been partially initialized. */
7174 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
7175 sal->pc, b->type);
7176
7177 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
7178 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
7179 ;
7180 *tmp = loc;
7181
7182 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
7183 loc->address = adjusted_address;
7184 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
7185 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
7186 loc->section = sal->section;
7187 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
7188
7189 if (sal->symtab != NULL)
7190 loc->source_file = xstrdup (sal->symtab->filename);
7191 loc->line_number = sal->line;
7192
7193 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
7194 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
7195 return loc;
7196 }
7197 \f
7198
7199 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
7200 return 0 otherwise. */
7201
7202 static int
7203 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
7204 {
7205 int len;
7206 CORE_ADDR addr;
7207 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
7208 gdb_byte *target_mem;
7209 struct cleanup *cleanup;
7210 int retval = 0;
7211
7212 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
7213
7214 addr = loc->address;
7215 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
7216
7217 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
7218 if (bpoint == NULL)
7219 return 0;
7220
7221 target_mem = alloca (len);
7222
7223 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
7224 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
7225 breakpoints they are permanent. */
7226 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
7227
7228 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
7229 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
7230
7231 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
7232 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
7233 retval = 1;
7234
7235 do_cleanups (cleanup);
7236
7237 return retval;
7238 }
7239
7240
7241
7242 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
7243 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
7244 as condition expression. */
7245
7246 static void
7247 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7248 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
7249 char *filter, char *cond_string,
7250 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
7251 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
7252 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
7253 int enabled, int internal, int display_canonical)
7254 {
7255 int i;
7256
7257 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7258 {
7259 int target_resources_ok;
7260
7261 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
7262 target_resources_ok =
7263 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
7264 i + 1, 0);
7265 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
7266 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
7267 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
7268 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
7269 }
7270
7271 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
7272
7273 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
7274 {
7275 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
7276 struct bp_location *loc;
7277
7278 if (from_tty)
7279 {
7280 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
7281 if (!loc_gdbarch)
7282 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
7283
7284 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
7285 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
7286 }
7287
7288 if (i == 0)
7289 {
7290 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
7291 b->thread = thread;
7292 b->task = task;
7293
7294 b->cond_string = cond_string;
7295 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
7296 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
7297 b->disposition = disposition;
7298
7299 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
7300 {
7301 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
7302 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
7303
7304 if (is_marker_spec (addr_string))
7305 {
7306 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
7307 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
7308 char *p = &addr_string[3];
7309 char *endp;
7310 char *marker_str;
7311
7312 p = skip_spaces (p);
7313
7314 endp = skip_to_space (p);
7315
7316 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
7317 t->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
7318
7319 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
7320 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
7321 t->static_trace_marker_id);
7322 }
7323 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
7324 {
7325 t->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
7326 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
7327
7328 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
7329 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
7330 t->static_trace_marker_id);
7331 }
7332 else
7333 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
7334 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
7335 }
7336
7337 loc = b->loc;
7338 }
7339 else
7340 {
7341 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7342 }
7343
7344 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
7345 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
7346
7347 if (b->cond_string)
7348 {
7349 char *arg = b->cond_string;
7350 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
7351 if (*arg)
7352 error (_("Garbage %s follows condition"), arg);
7353 }
7354 }
7355
7356 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
7357 if (addr_string)
7358 b->addr_string = addr_string;
7359 else
7360 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
7361 me. */
7362 b->addr_string
7363 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
7364 b->filter = filter;
7365 }
7366
7367 static void
7368 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7369 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
7370 char *filter, char *cond_string,
7371 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
7372 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
7373 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
7374 int enabled, int internal, int display_canonical)
7375 {
7376 struct breakpoint *b;
7377 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7378
7379 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
7380 {
7381 struct tracepoint *t;
7382
7383 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
7384 b = &t->base;
7385 }
7386 else
7387 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7388
7389 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, b);
7390
7391 init_breakpoint_sal (b, gdbarch,
7392 sals, addr_string,
7393 filter, cond_string,
7394 type, disposition,
7395 thread, task, ignore_count,
7396 ops, from_tty,
7397 enabled, internal, display_canonical);
7398 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
7399
7400 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
7401 }
7402
7403 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
7404 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
7405 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
7406 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
7407 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
7408 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
7409 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
7410 we take just a single condition string.
7411
7412 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
7413 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
7414 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
7415 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
7416 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
7417
7418 static void
7419 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7420 struct linespec_result *canonical,
7421 char *cond_string,
7422 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
7423 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
7424 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
7425 int enabled, int internal)
7426 {
7427 int i;
7428 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
7429
7430 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
7431 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical->sals) == 1);
7432
7433 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, i, lsal); ++i)
7434 {
7435 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
7436 'break', without arguments. */
7437 char *addr_string = (canonical->addr_string
7438 ? xstrdup (canonical->addr_string)
7439 : NULL);
7440 char *filter_string = lsal->canonical ? xstrdup (lsal->canonical) : NULL;
7441 struct cleanup *inner = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
7442
7443 make_cleanup (xfree, filter_string);
7444 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal->sals,
7445 addr_string,
7446 filter_string,
7447 cond_string, type, disposition,
7448 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
7449 from_tty, enabled, internal,
7450 canonical->special_display);
7451 discard_cleanups (inner);
7452 }
7453 }
7454
7455 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
7456 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
7457 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
7458 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
7459
7460 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
7461 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
7462
7463 static void
7464 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
7465 struct linespec_result *canonical)
7466 {
7467 char *addr_start = *address;
7468
7469 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
7470 breakpoint. */
7471 if ((*address) == NULL
7472 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
7473 {
7474 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
7475 address. */
7476 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
7477 {
7478 struct linespec_sals lsal;
7479 struct symtab_and_line sal;
7480
7481 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
7482 lsal.sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
7483 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
7484
7485 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
7486 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. */
7487 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
7488 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
7489
7490 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
7491 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
7492 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
7493 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
7494 instances with the same symtab and line. */
7495 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
7496
7497 lsal.sals.sals[0] = sal;
7498 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
7499 lsal.canonical = NULL;
7500
7501 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
7502 }
7503 else
7504 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
7505 }
7506 else
7507 {
7508 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
7509 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
7510 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
7511 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone. */
7512 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
7513 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
7514 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
7515 get_last_displayed_line (),
7516 canonical, NULL, NULL);
7517 else
7518 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
7519 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
7520 canonical, NULL, NULL);
7521 }
7522 }
7523
7524
7525 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
7526 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
7527
7528 static void
7529 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
7530 {
7531 int i;
7532
7533 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
7534 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
7535 }
7536
7537 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
7538 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
7539 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
7540 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
7541 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
7542 it, etc. */
7543
7544 static void
7545 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7546 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
7547 {
7548 int i, rslt;
7549 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
7550 char *msg;
7551 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7552
7553 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
7554 {
7555 struct gdbarch *sarch;
7556
7557 sal = &sals->sals[i];
7558
7559 sarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
7560 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
7561 associated with SAL. */
7562 if (sarch == NULL)
7563 sarch = gdbarch;
7564 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal->pc,
7565 NULL, &msg);
7566 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
7567
7568 if (!rslt)
7569 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
7570 paddress (sarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
7571
7572 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7573 }
7574 }
7575
7576 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
7577 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
7578 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
7579 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
7580 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
7581 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
7582 static void
7583 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
7584 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task)
7585 {
7586 *cond_string = NULL;
7587 *thread = -1;
7588 while (tok && *tok)
7589 {
7590 char *end_tok;
7591 int toklen;
7592 char *cond_start = NULL;
7593 char *cond_end = NULL;
7594
7595 tok = skip_spaces (tok);
7596
7597 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
7598
7599 toklen = end_tok - tok;
7600
7601 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
7602 {
7603 struct expression *expr;
7604
7605 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
7606 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
7607 xfree (expr);
7608 cond_end = tok;
7609 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start,
7610 cond_end - cond_start);
7611 }
7612 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
7613 {
7614 char *tmptok;
7615
7616 tok = end_tok + 1;
7617 tmptok = tok;
7618 *thread = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
7619 if (tok == tmptok)
7620 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
7621 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
7622 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread);
7623 }
7624 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
7625 {
7626 char *tmptok;
7627
7628 tok = end_tok + 1;
7629 tmptok = tok;
7630 *task = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
7631 if (tok == tmptok)
7632 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
7633 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
7634 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
7635 }
7636 else
7637 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7638 }
7639 }
7640
7641 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
7642
7643 static struct symtabs_and_lines
7644 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p)
7645 {
7646 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
7647 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
7648 struct symtab_and_line sal;
7649 struct symbol *sym;
7650 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7651 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
7652 char *endp;
7653 char *marker_str;
7654 int i;
7655
7656 p = skip_spaces (p);
7657
7658 endp = skip_to_space (p);
7659
7660 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
7661 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
7662
7663 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
7664 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
7665 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
7666
7667 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
7668 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
7669
7670 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
7671 {
7672 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
7673
7674 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
7675
7676 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
7677
7678 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
7679 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
7680
7681 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
7682 }
7683
7684 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7685
7686 *arg_p = endp;
7687 return sals;
7688 }
7689
7690 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
7691 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
7692 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
7693 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
7694 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just
7695 the location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by
7696 the COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. If INTERNAL is non-zero,
7697 the breakpoint number will be allocated from the internal
7698 breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint was created;
7699 false otherwise. */
7700
7701 int
7702 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7703 char *arg, char *cond_string, int thread,
7704 int parse_condition_and_thread,
7705 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
7706 int ignore_count,
7707 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
7708 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
7709 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal)
7710 {
7711 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
7712 char *copy_arg = NULL;
7713 char *addr_start = arg;
7714 struct linespec_result canonical;
7715 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7716 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
7717 int i;
7718 int pending = 0;
7719 int task = 0;
7720 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
7721
7722 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
7723
7724 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
7725
7726 if (type_wanted == bp_static_tracepoint && is_marker_spec (arg))
7727 {
7728 int i;
7729 struct linespec_sals lsal;
7730
7731 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg);
7732
7733 copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, arg - addr_start);
7734
7735 canonical.addr_string = xstrdup (copy_arg);
7736 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (copy_arg);
7737 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, &lsal);
7738
7739 goto done;
7740 }
7741
7742 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
7743 {
7744 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &canonical);
7745 }
7746
7747 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
7748 switch (e.reason)
7749 {
7750 case RETURN_QUIT:
7751 throw_exception (e);
7752 case RETURN_ERROR:
7753 switch (e.error)
7754 {
7755 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
7756
7757 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
7758 error. */
7759
7760 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
7761 throw_exception (e);
7762
7763 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
7764
7765 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
7766 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
7767 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
7768 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
7769 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
7770 return 0;
7771
7772 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
7773 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
7774 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
7775 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
7776 {
7777 struct linespec_sals lsal;
7778
7779 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
7780 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (copy_arg);
7781 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
7782 lsal.sals.sals = XNEW (struct symtab_and_line);
7783 init_sal (&lsal.sals.sals[0]);
7784 pending = 1;
7785 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, &lsal);
7786 }
7787 break;
7788 default:
7789 throw_exception (e);
7790 }
7791 break;
7792 default:
7793 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical.sals))
7794 return 0;
7795 }
7796
7797 done:
7798
7799 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
7800 old_chain = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
7801
7802 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
7803 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
7804 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
7805 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
7806 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
7807
7808 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
7809 are ok for the target. */
7810 if (!pending)
7811 {
7812 int ix;
7813 struct linespec_sals *iter;
7814
7815 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
7816 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter->sals);
7817 }
7818
7819 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
7820 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
7821 {
7822 int ix;
7823 struct linespec_sals *iter;
7824
7825 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
7826 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &iter->sals);
7827 }
7828
7829 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
7830 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
7831 breakpoint. */
7832 if (!pending)
7833 {
7834 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
7835
7836 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
7837
7838 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
7839 {
7840 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
7841 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
7842 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
7843 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
7844 cond_string = NULL;
7845 thread = -1;
7846 find_condition_and_thread (arg, lsal->sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
7847 &thread, &task);
7848 if (cond_string)
7849 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
7850 }
7851 else
7852 {
7853 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
7854 if (cond_string)
7855 {
7856 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
7857 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
7858 }
7859 }
7860
7861 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
7862 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
7863 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
7864 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
7865 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
7866 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
7867 if (type_wanted == bp_static_tracepoint
7868 && is_marker_spec (copy_arg))
7869 {
7870 int i;
7871
7872 for (i = 0; i < lsal->sals.nelts; ++i)
7873 {
7874 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
7875 struct tracepoint *tp;
7876 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7877 char *addr_string;
7878
7879 expanded.nelts = 1;
7880 expanded.sals = &lsal->sals.sals[i];
7881
7882 addr_string = xstrdup (canonical.addr_string);
7883 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
7884
7885 tp = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
7886 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp->base, gdbarch, expanded,
7887 addr_string, NULL,
7888 cond_string, type_wanted,
7889 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
7890 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
7891 from_tty, enabled, internal,
7892 canonical.special_display);
7893 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
7894 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
7895 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
7896 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
7897 try to match up which of the newly found markers
7898 corresponds to this one */
7899 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
7900
7901 install_breakpoint (internal, &tp->base, 0);
7902
7903 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
7904 }
7905 }
7906 else
7907 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical, cond_string,
7908 type_wanted,
7909 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
7910 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
7911 enabled, internal);
7912 }
7913 else
7914 {
7915 struct breakpoint *b;
7916
7917 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
7918
7919 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted))
7920 {
7921 struct tracepoint *t;
7922
7923 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
7924 b = &t->base;
7925 }
7926 else
7927 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7928
7929 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
7930
7931 b->addr_string = copy_arg;
7932 b->cond_string = NULL;
7933 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
7934 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
7935 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
7936 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
7937 if (type_wanted != bp_breakpoint && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7938 b->pspace = current_program_space;
7939
7940 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
7941 }
7942
7943 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 1)
7944 {
7945 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
7946 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
7947 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
7948 }
7949
7950 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
7951 breakpoint. */
7952 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
7953 /* But cleanup everything else. */
7954 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7955
7956 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
7957 update_global_location_list (1);
7958
7959 return 1;
7960 }
7961
7962 /* Set a breakpoint.
7963 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
7964 condition, and thread.
7965 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
7966 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
7967 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
7968
7969 static void
7970 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
7971 {
7972 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
7973 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
7974 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
7975 : bp_breakpoint);
7976
7977 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
7978 arg,
7979 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
7980 tempflag, type_wanted,
7981 0 /* Ignore count */,
7982 pending_break_support,
7983 &bkpt_breakpoint_ops,
7984 from_tty,
7985 1 /* enabled */,
7986 0 /* internal */);
7987 }
7988
7989 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
7990
7991 void
7992 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
7993 {
7994 CORE_ADDR pc;
7995
7996 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
7997 {
7998 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
7999 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
8000 sal->line, sal->symtab->filename);
8001 sal->pc = pc;
8002
8003 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
8004 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
8005 if (sal->explicit_line)
8006 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
8007 }
8008
8009 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
8010 {
8011 struct blockvector *bv;
8012 struct block *b;
8013 struct symbol *sym;
8014
8015 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
8016 if (bv != NULL)
8017 {
8018 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
8019 if (sym != NULL)
8020 {
8021 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
8022 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym);
8023 }
8024 else
8025 {
8026 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
8027 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
8028 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
8029 happen in assembly source). */
8030
8031 struct minimal_symbol *msym;
8032 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
8033
8034 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
8035
8036 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
8037 if (msym)
8038 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym);
8039
8040 do_cleanups (old_chain);
8041 }
8042 }
8043 }
8044 }
8045
8046 void
8047 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8048 {
8049 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
8050 }
8051
8052 void
8053 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8054 {
8055 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
8056 }
8057
8058 static void
8059 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8060 {
8061 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
8062 }
8063
8064 static void
8065 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8066 {
8067 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
8068 }
8069
8070 static void
8071 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8072 {
8073 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
8074 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
8075 stop at <line>\n"));
8076 }
8077
8078 static void
8079 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8080 {
8081 int badInput = 0;
8082
8083 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
8084 badInput = 1;
8085 else if (*arg != '*')
8086 {
8087 char *argptr = arg;
8088 int hasColon = 0;
8089
8090 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
8091 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
8092 function/method name. */
8093 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
8094 {
8095 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
8096 argptr++;
8097 }
8098
8099 if (hasColon)
8100 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
8101 else
8102 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
8103 }
8104
8105 if (badInput)
8106 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
8107 else
8108 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
8109 }
8110
8111 static void
8112 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8113 {
8114 int badInput = 0;
8115
8116 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
8117 badInput = 1;
8118 else
8119 {
8120 char *argptr = arg;
8121 int hasColon = 0;
8122
8123 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
8124 it is probably a line number. */
8125 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
8126 {
8127 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
8128 argptr++;
8129 }
8130
8131 if (hasColon)
8132 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
8133 else
8134 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
8135 }
8136
8137 if (badInput)
8138 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
8139 else
8140 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
8141 }
8142
8143 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
8144 ranged breakpoints. */
8145
8146 static int
8147 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
8148 struct address_space *aspace,
8149 CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
8150 {
8151 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
8152 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
8153 }
8154
8155 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8156 ranged breakpoints. */
8157
8158 static int
8159 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
8160 {
8161 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
8162 }
8163
8164 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
8165 ranged breakpoints. */
8166
8167 static enum print_stop_action
8168 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
8169 {
8170 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8171 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8172 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8173
8174 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
8175
8176 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
8177 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
8178
8179 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
8180 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8181 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
8182 else
8183 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
8184 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8185 {
8186 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8187 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
8188 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8189 }
8190 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8191 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
8192
8193 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8194 }
8195
8196 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
8197 ranged breakpoints. */
8198
8199 static void
8200 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8201 struct bp_location **last_loc)
8202 {
8203 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8204 struct value_print_options opts;
8205 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8206
8207 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
8208 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
8209
8210 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8211
8212 if (opts.addressprint)
8213 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
8214 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
8215 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8216 annotate_field (5);
8217 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
8218 *last_loc = bl;
8219 }
8220
8221 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
8222 ranged breakpoints. */
8223
8224 static void
8225 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
8226 struct ui_out *uiout)
8227 {
8228 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
8229 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8230 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
8231 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
8232
8233 gdb_assert (bl);
8234
8235 address_start = bl->address;
8236 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
8237
8238 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
8239 fprintf_unfiltered (stb->stream, "[%s, %s]",
8240 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
8241 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
8242 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
8243 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8244
8245 do_cleanups (cleanup);
8246 }
8247
8248 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
8249 ranged breakpoints. */
8250
8251 static void
8252 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
8253 {
8254 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8255 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8256
8257 gdb_assert (bl);
8258 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
8259
8260 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8261 return;
8262
8263 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
8264 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
8265 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
8266 }
8267
8268 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
8269 ranged breakpoints. */
8270
8271 static void
8272 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8273 {
8274 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s", b->addr_string,
8275 b->addr_string_range_end);
8276 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8277 }
8278
8279 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
8280
8281 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
8282
8283 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
8284 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
8285 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
8286 last instruction of the given line. */
8287
8288 static CORE_ADDR
8289 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
8290 {
8291 CORE_ADDR end;
8292
8293 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
8294 find the address of the end of the given location. */
8295 if (sal.explicit_pc)
8296 end = sal.pc;
8297 else
8298 {
8299 int ret;
8300 CORE_ADDR start;
8301
8302 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
8303 if (!ret)
8304 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
8305
8306 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
8307 end--;
8308 }
8309
8310 return end;
8311 }
8312
8313 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
8314
8315 static void
8316 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8317 {
8318 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
8319 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
8320 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
8321 CORE_ADDR end;
8322 struct breakpoint *b;
8323 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
8324 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
8325 struct linespec_sals *lsal_start, *lsal_end;
8326
8327 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
8328 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
8329 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
8330
8331 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8332 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
8333 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
8334 bp_count, 0);
8335 if (can_use_bp < 0)
8336 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8337
8338 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
8339 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
8340 error(_("No address range specified."));
8341
8342 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
8343
8344 arg_start = arg;
8345 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &canonical_start);
8346
8347 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
8348
8349 if (arg[0] != ',')
8350 error (_("Too few arguments."));
8351 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals))
8352 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
8353
8354 lsal_start = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals, 0);
8355
8356 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals) > 1
8357 || lsal_start->sals.nelts != 1)
8358 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
8359
8360 sal_start = lsal_start->sals.sals[0];
8361 addr_string_start = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
8362 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
8363
8364 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
8365 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
8366
8367 /* Parse the end location. */
8368
8369 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
8370 arg_start = arg;
8371
8372 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
8373 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
8374 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
8375 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
8376 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
8377 decode_line_full (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
8378 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
8379 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
8380
8381 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
8382
8383 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals))
8384 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
8385
8386 lsal_end = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals, 0);
8387 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals) > 1
8388 || lsal_end->sals.nelts != 1)
8389 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
8390
8391 sal_end = lsal_end->sals.sals[0];
8392 addr_string_end = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
8393 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_end);
8394
8395 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
8396 if (sal_start.pc > end)
8397 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
8398
8399 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
8400 if (length < 0)
8401 /* Length overflowed. */
8402 error (_("Address range too large."));
8403 else if (length == 1)
8404 {
8405 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
8406 the `hbreak' command. */
8407 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
8408
8409 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
8410
8411 return;
8412 }
8413
8414 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
8415 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
8416 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
8417 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
8418 b->number = breakpoint_count;
8419 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8420 b->addr_string = xstrdup (addr_string_start);
8421 b->addr_string_range_end = xstrdup (addr_string_end);
8422 b->loc->length = length;
8423
8424 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
8425
8426 mention (b);
8427 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8428 update_global_location_list (1);
8429 }
8430
8431 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
8432 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
8433 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
8434 zero. */
8435 static int
8436 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
8437 {
8438 int i = exp->nelts;
8439
8440 while (i > 0)
8441 {
8442 int oplenp, argsp;
8443
8444 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
8445 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
8446 i -= oplenp;
8447
8448 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
8449 {
8450 case BINOP_ADD:
8451 case BINOP_SUB:
8452 case BINOP_MUL:
8453 case BINOP_DIV:
8454 case BINOP_REM:
8455 case BINOP_MOD:
8456 case BINOP_LSH:
8457 case BINOP_RSH:
8458 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
8459 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
8460 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
8461 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
8462 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
8463 case BINOP_EQUAL:
8464 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
8465 case BINOP_LESS:
8466 case BINOP_GTR:
8467 case BINOP_LEQ:
8468 case BINOP_GEQ:
8469 case BINOP_REPEAT:
8470 case BINOP_COMMA:
8471 case BINOP_EXP:
8472 case BINOP_MIN:
8473 case BINOP_MAX:
8474 case BINOP_INTDIV:
8475 case BINOP_CONCAT:
8476 case BINOP_IN:
8477 case BINOP_RANGE:
8478 case TERNOP_COND:
8479 case TERNOP_SLICE:
8480 case TERNOP_SLICE_COUNT:
8481
8482 case OP_LONG:
8483 case OP_DOUBLE:
8484 case OP_DECFLOAT:
8485 case OP_LAST:
8486 case OP_COMPLEX:
8487 case OP_STRING:
8488 case OP_BITSTRING:
8489 case OP_ARRAY:
8490 case OP_TYPE:
8491 case OP_NAME:
8492 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
8493
8494 case UNOP_NEG:
8495 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
8496 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
8497 case UNOP_ADDR:
8498 case UNOP_HIGH:
8499 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
8500 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
8501 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
8502 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
8503
8504 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
8505 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
8506 ADDR is. */
8507 break;
8508
8509 case OP_VAR_VALUE:
8510 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
8511
8512 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
8513 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
8514 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
8515 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
8516
8517 We also have to check for function symbols because they
8518 are always constant. */
8519 {
8520 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
8521
8522 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
8523 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
8524 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
8525 return 0;
8526 break;
8527 }
8528
8529 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
8530 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
8531 then it is not a constant. */
8532 default:
8533 return 0;
8534 }
8535 }
8536
8537 return 1;
8538 }
8539
8540 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
8541
8542 static void
8543 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *self)
8544 {
8545 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) self;
8546
8547 xfree (w->cond_exp);
8548 xfree (w->exp);
8549 xfree (w->exp_string);
8550 xfree (w->exp_string_reparse);
8551 value_free (w->val);
8552
8553 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
8554 }
8555
8556 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
8557
8558 static void
8559 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
8560 {
8561 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8562
8563 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
8564 variables, or it can be on local variables.
8565
8566 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
8567 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
8568 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
8569 are loaded and unloaded.
8570
8571 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
8572 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
8573 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
8574 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
8575 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
8576 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
8577
8578 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
8579 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
8580 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
8581 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
8582
8583 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
8584 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
8585
8586 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
8587 reevaluated again when enabled. */
8588 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
8589 }
8590
8591 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
8592
8593 static int
8594 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
8595 {
8596 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
8597 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
8598
8599 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
8600 w->cond_exp);
8601 }
8602
8603 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
8604
8605 static int
8606 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
8607 {
8608 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
8609 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
8610
8611 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
8612 w->cond_exp);
8613 }
8614
8615 static int
8616 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
8617 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
8618 {
8619 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
8620 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8621
8622 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
8623 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
8624 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
8625 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
8626 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
8627 (did not match the data address). */
8628 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
8629 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
8630 return 0;
8631
8632 return 1;
8633 }
8634
8635 static void
8636 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
8637 {
8638 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
8639
8640 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
8641 }
8642
8643 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8644 hardware watchpoints. */
8645
8646 static int
8647 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
8648 {
8649 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
8650 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
8651
8652 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
8653 }
8654
8655 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
8656 hardware watchpoints. */
8657
8658 static int
8659 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
8660 {
8661 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
8662 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
8663 }
8664
8665 static enum print_stop_action
8666 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
8667 {
8668 struct cleanup *old_chain;
8669 struct breakpoint *b;
8670 const struct bp_location *bl;
8671 struct ui_stream *stb;
8672 enum print_stop_action result;
8673 struct watchpoint *w;
8674 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8675
8676 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
8677
8678 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
8679 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8680 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8681
8682 stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
8683 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
8684
8685 switch (b->type)
8686 {
8687 case bp_watchpoint:
8688 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
8689 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
8690 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8691 ui_out_field_string
8692 (uiout, "reason",
8693 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
8694 mention (b);
8695 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
8696 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
8697 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream);
8698 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
8699 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
8700 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb->stream);
8701 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
8702 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8703 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
8704 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
8705 break;
8706
8707 case bp_read_watchpoint:
8708 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8709 ui_out_field_string
8710 (uiout, "reason",
8711 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
8712 mention (b);
8713 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
8714 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
8715 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb->stream);
8716 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
8717 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8718 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
8719 break;
8720
8721 case bp_access_watchpoint:
8722 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
8723 {
8724 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
8725 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8726 ui_out_field_string
8727 (uiout, "reason",
8728 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
8729 mention (b);
8730 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
8731 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
8732 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream);
8733 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
8734 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
8735 }
8736 else
8737 {
8738 mention (b);
8739 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8740 ui_out_field_string
8741 (uiout, "reason",
8742 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
8743 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
8744 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
8745 }
8746 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb->stream);
8747 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
8748 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8749 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
8750 break;
8751 default:
8752 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
8753 }
8754
8755 do_cleanups (old_chain);
8756 return result;
8757 }
8758
8759 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
8760 watchpoints. */
8761
8762 static void
8763 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
8764 {
8765 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
8766 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8767 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8768
8769 switch (b->type)
8770 {
8771 case bp_watchpoint:
8772 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
8773 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
8774 break;
8775 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
8776 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
8777 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
8778 break;
8779 case bp_read_watchpoint:
8780 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
8781 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
8782 break;
8783 case bp_access_watchpoint:
8784 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
8785 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
8786 break;
8787 default:
8788 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8789 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
8790 }
8791
8792 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
8793 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
8794 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
8795 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
8796 }
8797
8798 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
8799 watchpoints. */
8800
8801 static void
8802 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8803 {
8804 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8805
8806 switch (b->type)
8807 {
8808 case bp_watchpoint:
8809 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
8810 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
8811 break;
8812 case bp_read_watchpoint:
8813 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
8814 break;
8815 case bp_access_watchpoint:
8816 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
8817 break;
8818 default:
8819 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8820 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
8821 }
8822
8823 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
8824 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8825 }
8826
8827 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
8828
8829 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
8830
8831 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
8832 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8833
8834 static int
8835 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
8836 {
8837 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
8838
8839 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
8840 bl->watchpoint_type);
8841 }
8842
8843 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
8844 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8845
8846 static int
8847 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
8848 {
8849 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
8850
8851 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
8852 bl->watchpoint_type);
8853 }
8854
8855 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8856 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8857
8858 static int
8859 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
8860 {
8861 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
8862
8863 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
8864 }
8865
8866 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
8867 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8868
8869 static int
8870 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
8871 {
8872 return 0;
8873 }
8874
8875 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
8876 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8877
8878 static enum print_stop_action
8879 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
8880 {
8881 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8882 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8883
8884 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
8885 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
8886
8887 switch (b->type)
8888 {
8889 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
8890 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
8891 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8892 ui_out_field_string
8893 (uiout, "reason",
8894 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
8895 break;
8896
8897 case bp_read_watchpoint:
8898 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8899 ui_out_field_string
8900 (uiout, "reason",
8901 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
8902 break;
8903
8904 case bp_access_watchpoint:
8905 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8906 ui_out_field_string
8907 (uiout, "reason",
8908 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
8909 break;
8910 default:
8911 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8912 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
8913 }
8914
8915 mention (b);
8916 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
8917 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
8918 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
8919 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8920
8921 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
8922 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
8923 }
8924
8925 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
8926 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8927
8928 static void
8929 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
8930 struct ui_out *uiout)
8931 {
8932 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8933
8934 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
8935 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
8936
8937 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
8938 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
8939 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8940 }
8941
8942 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
8943 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8944
8945 static void
8946 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
8947 {
8948 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8949 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8950 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
8951
8952 switch (b->type)
8953 {
8954 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
8955 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
8956 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
8957 break;
8958 case bp_read_watchpoint:
8959 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
8960 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
8961 break;
8962 case bp_access_watchpoint:
8963 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
8964 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
8965 break;
8966 default:
8967 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8968 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
8969 }
8970
8971 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
8972 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
8973 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
8974 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
8975 }
8976
8977 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
8978 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8979
8980 static void
8981 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8982 {
8983 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8984 char tmp[40];
8985
8986 switch (b->type)
8987 {
8988 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
8989 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
8990 break;
8991 case bp_read_watchpoint:
8992 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
8993 break;
8994 case bp_access_watchpoint:
8995 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
8996 break;
8997 default:
8998 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8999 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
9000 }
9001
9002 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
9003 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
9004 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
9005 }
9006
9007 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
9008
9009 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
9010
9011 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
9012
9013 static int
9014 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
9015 {
9016 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
9017 }
9018
9019 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
9020 hw_read: watch read,
9021 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
9022 static void
9023 watch_command_1 (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
9024 int just_location, int internal)
9025 {
9026 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
9027 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
9028 struct expression *exp;
9029 struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
9030 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
9031 struct frame_info *frame;
9032 char *exp_start = NULL;
9033 char *exp_end = NULL;
9034 char *tok, *end_tok;
9035 int toklen = -1;
9036 char *cond_start = NULL;
9037 char *cond_end = NULL;
9038 enum bptype bp_type;
9039 int thread = -1;
9040 int pc = 0;
9041 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
9042 the hardware watchpoint. */
9043 int use_mask = 0;
9044 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
9045 struct watchpoint *w;
9046
9047 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
9048 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
9049 {
9050 char *value_start;
9051
9052 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
9053 of the arguments string. */
9054 for (tok = arg + strlen (arg) - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
9055 {
9056 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
9057 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
9058 tok--;
9059
9060 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
9061 This is the value of the parameter. */
9062 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
9063 tok--;
9064 value_start = tok + 1;
9065
9066 /* Skip whitespace. */
9067 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
9068 tok--;
9069
9070 end_tok = tok;
9071
9072 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
9073 This is the parameter itself. */
9074 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
9075 tok--;
9076 tok++;
9077 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
9078
9079 if (toklen == 6 && !strncmp (tok, "thread", 6))
9080 {
9081 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
9082 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
9083 only in a specific thread. */
9084 char *endp;
9085
9086 if (thread != -1)
9087 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
9088
9089 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
9090 thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0);
9091
9092 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
9093 thread ID. */
9094 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
9095 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start);
9096
9097 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
9098 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
9099 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), thread);
9100 }
9101 else if (toklen == 4 && !strncmp (tok, "mask", 4))
9102 {
9103 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
9104 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
9105 facility. */
9106 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
9107
9108 if (use_mask)
9109 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
9110
9111 use_mask = just_location = 1;
9112
9113 mark = value_mark ();
9114 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
9115 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
9116 value_free_to_mark (mark);
9117 }
9118 else
9119 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
9120 break;
9121
9122 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
9123 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
9124 *tok = '\0';
9125 }
9126 }
9127
9128 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
9129 innermost_block = NULL;
9130 exp_start = arg;
9131 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0);
9132 exp_end = arg;
9133 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
9134 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
9135 prettier. */
9136 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
9137 --exp_end;
9138
9139 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
9140 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
9141 {
9142 int len;
9143
9144 len = exp_end - exp_start;
9145 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
9146 len--;
9147 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
9148 }
9149
9150 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
9151 mark = value_mark ();
9152 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL);
9153
9154 if (just_location)
9155 {
9156 int ret;
9157
9158 exp_valid_block = NULL;
9159 val = value_addr (result);
9160 release_value (val);
9161 value_free_to_mark (mark);
9162
9163 if (use_mask)
9164 {
9165 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
9166 mask);
9167 if (ret == -1)
9168 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
9169 else if (ret == -2)
9170 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
9171 }
9172 }
9173 else if (val != NULL)
9174 release_value (val);
9175
9176 tok = skip_spaces (arg);
9177 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
9178
9179 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9180 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9181 {
9182 struct expression *cond;
9183
9184 innermost_block = NULL;
9185 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9186 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0);
9187
9188 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
9189 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
9190 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
9191
9192 xfree (cond);
9193 cond_end = tok;
9194 }
9195 if (*tok)
9196 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
9197
9198 if (accessflag == hw_read)
9199 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
9200 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
9201 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
9202 else
9203 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
9204
9205 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
9206
9207 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
9208 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
9209 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
9210 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
9211 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
9212 {
9213 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
9214 {
9215 scope_breakpoint
9216 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
9217 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
9218 bp_watchpoint_scope,
9219 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
9220
9221 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9222
9223 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
9224 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
9225
9226 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
9227 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
9228
9229 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
9230 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
9231 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
9232 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
9233 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
9234 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
9235 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
9236 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
9237 scope_breakpoint->type);
9238 }
9239 }
9240
9241 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
9242
9243 w = XCNEW (struct watchpoint);
9244 b = &w->base;
9245 if (use_mask)
9246 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
9247 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
9248 else
9249 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
9250 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
9251 b->thread = thread;
9252 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
9253 b->pspace = current_program_space;
9254 w->exp = exp;
9255 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
9256 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
9257 if (just_location)
9258 {
9259 struct type *t = value_type (val);
9260 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
9261 char *name;
9262
9263 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
9264 name = type_to_string (t);
9265
9266 w->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
9267 core_addr_to_string (addr));
9268 xfree (name);
9269
9270 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
9271 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
9272
9273 /* The above expression is in C. */
9274 b->language = language_c;
9275 }
9276 else
9277 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
9278
9279 if (use_mask)
9280 {
9281 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
9282 }
9283 else
9284 {
9285 w->val = val;
9286 w->val_valid = 1;
9287 }
9288
9289 if (cond_start)
9290 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9291 else
9292 b->cond_string = 0;
9293
9294 if (frame)
9295 {
9296 w->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
9297 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
9298 }
9299 else
9300 {
9301 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
9302 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
9303 }
9304
9305 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
9306 {
9307 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
9308 need to act on them together. */
9309 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
9310 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
9311 }
9312
9313 if (!just_location)
9314 value_free_to_mark (mark);
9315
9316 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
9317 {
9318 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
9319 that should be inserted. */
9320 update_watchpoint (w, 1);
9321 }
9322 if (e.reason < 0)
9323 {
9324 delete_breakpoint (b);
9325 throw_exception (e);
9326 }
9327
9328 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 1);
9329 }
9330
9331 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
9332 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
9333
9334 static int
9335 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
9336 {
9337 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
9338 struct value *head = v;
9339
9340 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
9341 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
9342 return 0;
9343
9344 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
9345 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
9346 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
9347 hardware watchpoint.
9348
9349 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
9350 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
9351 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
9352 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
9353 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
9354 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
9355 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
9356 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
9357 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
9358
9359 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
9360 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
9361 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
9362 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
9363 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
9364 {
9365 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
9366 {
9367 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
9368 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
9369 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
9370 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
9371 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
9372 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
9373 ;
9374 else
9375 {
9376 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
9377 it with hardware watchpoints. */
9378 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
9379
9380 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
9381 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
9382 middle of some value chain. */
9383 if (v == head
9384 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
9385 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
9386 {
9387 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
9388 int len;
9389 int num_regs;
9390
9391 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
9392 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
9393 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
9394
9395 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
9396 if (!num_regs)
9397 return 0;
9398 else
9399 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
9400 }
9401 }
9402 }
9403 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
9404 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
9405 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
9406 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
9407 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
9408 }
9409
9410 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
9411 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
9412 return found_memory_cnt;
9413 }
9414
9415 void
9416 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
9417 {
9418 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
9419 }
9420
9421 /* A helper function that looks for an argument at the start of a
9422 string. The argument must also either be at the end of the string,
9423 or be followed by whitespace. Returns 1 if it finds the argument,
9424 0 otherwise. If the argument is found, it updates *STR. */
9425
9426 static int
9427 check_for_argument (char **str, char *arg, int arg_len)
9428 {
9429 if (strncmp (*str, arg, arg_len) == 0
9430 && ((*str)[arg_len] == '\0' || isspace ((*str)[arg_len])))
9431 {
9432 *str += arg_len;
9433 return 1;
9434 }
9435 return 0;
9436 }
9437
9438 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
9439 calls watch_command_1. */
9440
9441 static void
9442 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
9443 {
9444 int just_location = 0;
9445
9446 if (arg
9447 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
9448 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
9449 {
9450 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9451 just_location = 1;
9452 }
9453
9454 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
9455 }
9456
9457 static void
9458 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9459 {
9460 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
9461 }
9462
9463 void
9464 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
9465 {
9466 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
9467 }
9468
9469 static void
9470 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9471 {
9472 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
9473 }
9474
9475 void
9476 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
9477 {
9478 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
9479 }
9480
9481 static void
9482 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9483 {
9484 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
9485 }
9486 \f
9487
9488 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
9489 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
9490
9491 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
9492 {
9493 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
9494 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
9495 int thread_num;
9496 };
9497
9498 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
9499 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
9500 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
9501 command. */
9502 static void
9503 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg, int err)
9504 {
9505 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
9506
9507 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
9508 if (a->breakpoint2)
9509 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
9510 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num);
9511 }
9512
9513 void
9514 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
9515 {
9516 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9517 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9518 struct frame_info *frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
9519 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
9520 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
9521 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9522 int thread;
9523 struct thread_info *tp;
9524
9525 clear_proceed_status ();
9526
9527 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
9528 this function. */
9529
9530 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9531 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9532 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9533 get_last_displayed_line ());
9534 else
9535 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9536 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
9537
9538 if (sals.nelts != 1)
9539 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
9540
9541 sal = sals.sals[0];
9542 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
9543
9544 if (*arg)
9545 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9546
9547 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
9548
9549 if (anywhere)
9550 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
9551 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
9552 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame), sal,
9553 null_frame_id, bp_until);
9554 else
9555 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
9556 only at the very same frame. */
9557 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame), sal,
9558 get_stack_frame_id (frame),
9559 bp_until);
9560
9561 old_chain = make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
9562
9563 tp = inferior_thread ();
9564 thread = tp->num;
9565
9566 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
9567 one. */
9568
9569 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
9570 {
9571 sal = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
9572 sal.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
9573 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
9574 sal,
9575 frame_unwind_caller_id (frame),
9576 bp_until);
9577 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
9578
9579 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, frame_unwind_caller_id (frame));
9580 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
9581 }
9582
9583 proceed (-1, TARGET_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
9584
9585 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
9586 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
9587 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
9588 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
9589
9590 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
9591 {
9592 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
9593 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
9594
9595 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
9596 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
9597 args->thread_num = thread;
9598
9599 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
9600 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
9601 until_break_command_continuation, args,
9602 xfree);
9603 }
9604 else
9605 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9606 }
9607
9608 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
9609 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
9610
9611 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
9612 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
9613 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
9614 if clause in the arg string. */
9615
9616 static char *
9617 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
9618 {
9619 char *cond_string;
9620
9621 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
9622 return NULL;
9623
9624 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
9625 (*arg) += 2;
9626
9627 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
9628 condition string. */
9629 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
9630 cond_string = *arg;
9631
9632 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
9633 string. */
9634 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
9635
9636 return cond_string;
9637 }
9638
9639 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
9640 process start/exit, etc. */
9641
9642 typedef enum
9643 {
9644 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
9645 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
9646 }
9647 catch_fork_kind;
9648
9649 static void
9650 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
9651 struct cmd_list_element *command)
9652 {
9653 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
9654 char *cond_string = NULL;
9655 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
9656 int tempflag;
9657
9658 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
9659 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
9660 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
9661
9662 if (!arg)
9663 arg = "";
9664 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9665
9666 /* The allowed syntax is:
9667 catch [v]fork
9668 catch [v]fork if <cond>
9669
9670 First, check if there's an if clause. */
9671 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
9672
9673 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
9674 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9675
9676 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
9677 and enable reporting of such events. */
9678 switch (fork_kind)
9679 {
9680 case catch_fork_temporary:
9681 case catch_fork_permanent:
9682 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
9683 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
9684 break;
9685 case catch_vfork_temporary:
9686 case catch_vfork_permanent:
9687 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
9688 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
9689 break;
9690 default:
9691 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
9692 break;
9693 }
9694 }
9695
9696 static void
9697 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
9698 struct cmd_list_element *command)
9699 {
9700 struct exec_catchpoint *c;
9701 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
9702 int tempflag;
9703 char *cond_string = NULL;
9704
9705 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
9706
9707 if (!arg)
9708 arg = "";
9709 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9710
9711 /* The allowed syntax is:
9712 catch exec
9713 catch exec if <cond>
9714
9715 First, check if there's an if clause. */
9716 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
9717
9718 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
9719 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9720
9721 c = XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint);
9722 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
9723 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
9724 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
9725
9726 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
9727 }
9728
9729 static enum print_stop_action
9730 print_it_exception_catchpoint (bpstat bs)
9731 {
9732 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9733 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
9734 int bp_temp, bp_throw;
9735
9736 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
9737
9738 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
9739 if (b->loc->address != b->loc->requested_address)
9740 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b->loc->requested_address,
9741 b->loc->address,
9742 b->number, 1);
9743 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
9744 ui_out_text (uiout,
9745 bp_temp ? "Temporary catchpoint "
9746 : "Catchpoint ");
9747 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9748 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
9749 ui_out_text (uiout,
9750 bp_throw ? " (exception thrown), "
9751 : " (exception caught), ");
9752 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9753 {
9754 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
9755 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
9756 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
9757 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
9758 }
9759 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
9760 }
9761
9762 static void
9763 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9764 struct bp_location **last_loc)
9765 {
9766 struct value_print_options opts;
9767 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9768
9769 get_user_print_options (&opts);
9770 if (opts.addressprint)
9771 {
9772 annotate_field (4);
9773 if (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->shlib_disabled)
9774 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
9775 else
9776 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
9777 b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address);
9778 }
9779 annotate_field (5);
9780 if (b->loc)
9781 *last_loc = b->loc;
9782 if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
9783 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception throw");
9784 else
9785 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception catch");
9786 }
9787
9788 static void
9789 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9790 {
9791 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9792 int bp_temp;
9793 int bp_throw;
9794
9795 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
9796 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
9797 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_temp ? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
9798 : _("Catchpoint "));
9799 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
9800 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_throw ? _(" (throw)")
9801 : _(" (catch)"));
9802 }
9803
9804 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and
9805 catch catchpoints. */
9806
9807 static void
9808 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9809 struct ui_file *fp)
9810 {
9811 int bp_temp;
9812 int bp_throw;
9813
9814 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
9815 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
9816 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_temp ? "tcatch " : "catch ");
9817 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_throw ? "throw" : "catch");
9818 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
9819 }
9820
9821 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
9822
9823 static int
9824 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
9825 enum exception_event_kind ex_event, int from_tty)
9826 {
9827 char *trigger_func_name;
9828
9829 if (ex_event == EX_EVENT_CATCH)
9830 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_begin_catch";
9831 else
9832 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_throw";
9833
9834 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9835 trigger_func_name, cond_string, -1,
9836 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
9837 tempflag, bp_breakpoint,
9838 0,
9839 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE /* pending */,
9840 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops, from_tty,
9841 1 /* enabled */,
9842 0 /* internal */);
9843
9844 return 1;
9845 }
9846
9847 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands. */
9848
9849 static void
9850 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event, char *arg,
9851 int tempflag, int from_tty)
9852 {
9853 char *cond_string = NULL;
9854
9855 if (!arg)
9856 arg = "";
9857 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9858
9859 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
9860
9861 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
9862 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9863
9864 if (ex_event != EX_EVENT_THROW
9865 && ex_event != EX_EVENT_CATCH)
9866 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
9867
9868 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag, cond_string, ex_event, from_tty))
9869 return;
9870
9871 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
9872 }
9873
9874 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
9875
9876 static void
9877 catch_catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
9878 {
9879 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
9880
9881 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
9882 }
9883
9884 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
9885
9886 static void
9887 catch_throw_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
9888 {
9889 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
9890
9891 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
9892 }
9893
9894 void
9895 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9896 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9897 struct symtab_and_line sal,
9898 char *addr_string,
9899 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9900 int tempflag,
9901 int from_tty)
9902 {
9903 if (from_tty)
9904 {
9905 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
9906 if (!loc_gdbarch)
9907 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
9908
9909 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
9910 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
9911 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
9912 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
9913 used for different exception names will use the same address.
9914 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
9915 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
9916 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
9917 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
9918 enough for now, though. */
9919 }
9920
9921 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
9922
9923 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9924 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
9925 b->addr_string = addr_string;
9926 b->language = language_ada;
9927 }
9928
9929 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
9930 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
9931 static VEC(int) *
9932 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
9933 {
9934 VEC(int) *result = NULL;
9935 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result);
9936
9937 while (*arg != '\0')
9938 {
9939 int i, syscall_number;
9940 char *endptr;
9941 char cur_name[128];
9942 struct syscall s;
9943
9944 /* Skip whitespace. */
9945 while (isspace (*arg))
9946 arg++;
9947
9948 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
9949 cur_name[i] = arg[i];
9950 cur_name[i] = '\0';
9951 arg += i;
9952
9953 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
9954 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
9955 if (*endptr == '\0')
9956 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number, &s);
9957 else
9958 {
9959 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
9960 to a number. */
9961 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name, &s);
9962
9963 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
9964 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
9965 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
9966 syscall number to be caught. */
9967 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
9968 }
9969
9970 /* Ok, it's valid. */
9971 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
9972 }
9973
9974 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
9975 return result;
9976 }
9977
9978 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
9979
9980 static void
9981 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
9982 struct cmd_list_element *command)
9983 {
9984 int tempflag;
9985 VEC(int) *filter;
9986 struct syscall s;
9987 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
9988
9989 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
9990 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
9991 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
9992 this architecture yet."));
9993
9994 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
9995
9996 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9997
9998 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
9999 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
10000 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
10001 for his/her architecture. */
10002 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s);
10003
10004 /* The allowed syntax is:
10005 catch syscall
10006 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
10007
10008 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
10009
10010 if (arg != NULL)
10011 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
10012 else
10013 filter = NULL;
10014
10015 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
10016 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
10017 }
10018
10019 static void
10020 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10021 {
10022 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
10023 }
10024 \f
10025
10026 static void
10027 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10028 {
10029 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
10030 }
10031
10032 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
10033
10034 static int
10035 compare_breakpoints (const void *a, const void *b)
10036 {
10037 const breakpoint_p *ba = a;
10038 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) *ba;
10039 const breakpoint_p *bb = b;
10040 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) *bb;
10041
10042 if ((*ba)->number < (*bb)->number)
10043 return -1;
10044 else if ((*ba)->number > (*bb)->number)
10045 return 1;
10046
10047 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
10048 the number 0. */
10049 if (ua < ub)
10050 return -1;
10051 return ub > ub ? 1 : 0;
10052 }
10053
10054 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
10055
10056 static void
10057 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10058 {
10059 struct breakpoint *b, *prev;
10060 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
10061 int ix;
10062 int default_match;
10063 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
10064 struct symtab_and_line sal;
10065 int i;
10066 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
10067
10068 if (arg)
10069 {
10070 sals = decode_line_spec (arg, (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
10071 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
10072 default_match = 0;
10073 }
10074 else
10075 {
10076 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
10077 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
10078 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
10079 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
10080
10081 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
10082 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
10083 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
10084 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
10085 if (sal.symtab == 0)
10086 error (_("No source file specified."));
10087
10088 sals.sals[0] = sal;
10089 sals.nelts = 1;
10090
10091 default_match = 1;
10092 }
10093
10094 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
10095 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
10096 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
10097 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
10098
10099 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
10100 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
10101 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
10102 due to optimization, all in one block.
10103
10104 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
10105 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
10106 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
10107 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
10108 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
10109 to support that. */
10110
10111 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
10112 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
10113 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
10114 breakpoint. */
10115
10116 found = NULL;
10117 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p), &found);
10118 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
10119 {
10120 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
10121 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
10122 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
10123 or at default pc.
10124
10125 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
10126
10127 0 1 pc
10128 1 1 pc _and_ line
10129 0 0 line
10130 1 0 <can't happen> */
10131
10132 sal = sals.sals[i];
10133
10134 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
10135 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10136 {
10137 int match = 0;
10138 /* Are we going to delete b? */
10139 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
10140 {
10141 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
10142 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
10143 {
10144 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
10145 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
10146 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
10147 && sal.pc
10148 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
10149 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
10150 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
10151 || loc->section == sal.section));
10152 int line_match = ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
10153 && loc->source_file != NULL
10154 && sal.symtab != NULL
10155 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
10156 && filename_cmp (loc->source_file,
10157 sal.symtab->filename) == 0
10158 && loc->line_number == sal.line);
10159 if (pc_match || line_match)
10160 {
10161 match = 1;
10162 break;
10163 }
10164 }
10165 }
10166
10167 if (match)
10168 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
10169 }
10170 }
10171
10172 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
10173 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
10174 {
10175 if (arg)
10176 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
10177 else
10178 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
10179 }
10180
10181 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
10182 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p, found),
10183 VEC_length (breakpoint_p, found),
10184 sizeof (breakpoint_p),
10185 compare_breakpoints);
10186 prev = VEC_index (breakpoint_p, found, 0);
10187 for (ix = 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ++ix)
10188 {
10189 if (b == prev)
10190 {
10191 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p, found, ix);
10192 --ix;
10193 }
10194 }
10195
10196 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
10197 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
10198 if (from_tty)
10199 {
10200 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
10201 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
10202 else
10203 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
10204 }
10205 breakpoints_changed ();
10206
10207 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
10208 {
10209 if (from_tty)
10210 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
10211 delete_breakpoint (b);
10212 }
10213 if (from_tty)
10214 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
10215
10216 do_cleanups (cleanups);
10217 }
10218 \f
10219 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
10220 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
10221 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
10222
10223 void
10224 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
10225 {
10226 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
10227
10228 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
10229 if (bs->breakpoint_at
10230 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
10231 && bs->stop)
10232 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
10233
10234 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
10235 {
10236 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
10237 delete_breakpoint (b);
10238 }
10239 }
10240
10241 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
10242 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
10243 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
10244 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
10245 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
10246 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
10247
10248 static int
10249 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
10250 {
10251 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
10252 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
10253 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
10254 int a_perm = a->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
10255 int b_perm = b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
10256
10257 if (a->address != b->address)
10258 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
10259
10260 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
10261 if (a_perm != b_perm)
10262 return (a_perm < b_perm) - (a_perm > b_perm);
10263
10264 /* Make the user-visible order stable across GDB runs. Locations of
10265 the same breakpoint can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
10266
10267 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
10268 return (a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
10269 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number);
10270
10271 return (a > b) - (a < b);
10272 }
10273
10274 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
10275 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
10276 content of the bp_location array. */
10277
10278 static void
10279 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
10280 {
10281 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
10282
10283 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
10284 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
10285
10286 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
10287 {
10288 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
10289
10290 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
10291 continue;
10292
10293 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
10294 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
10295
10296 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
10297 addr = bl->address - start;
10298 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
10299 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
10300
10301 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
10302
10303 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
10304 addr = end - bl->address;
10305 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
10306 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
10307 }
10308 }
10309
10310 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
10311
10312 static void
10313 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
10314 {
10315 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
10316 struct cleanup *old_chain;
10317
10318 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
10319 return;
10320
10321 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
10322
10323 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
10324 {
10325 struct tracepoint *t;
10326
10327 if (!is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
10328 continue;
10329
10330 if ((bl->owner->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
10331 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
10332 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
10333 continue;
10334
10335 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
10336 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
10337 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
10338 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
10339 continue;
10340
10341 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
10342
10343 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
10344
10345 bl->inserted = 1;
10346 t = (struct tracepoint *) bl->owner;
10347 t->number_on_target = bl->owner->number;
10348 }
10349
10350 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10351 }
10352
10353 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
10354
10355 static void
10356 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
10357 {
10358 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
10359 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
10360 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
10361
10362 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
10363 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
10364 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
10365 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
10366 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
10367
10368 left->inserted = right->inserted;
10369 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
10370 left->target_info = right->target_info;
10371 right->inserted = left_inserted;
10372 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
10373 right->target_info = left_target_info;
10374 }
10375
10376 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
10377 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
10378 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
10379 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
10380 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
10381 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
10382 returns true on them.
10383
10384 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
10385 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
10386 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
10387 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
10388 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
10389 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
10390
10391 static void
10392 update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
10393 {
10394 struct breakpoint *b;
10395 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
10396 struct cleanup *cleanups;
10397
10398 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
10399 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
10400 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
10401 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
10402 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
10403 once. */
10404 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
10405 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
10406 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
10407 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
10408
10409 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
10410 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
10411 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
10412 unsigned old_location_count;
10413
10414 old_location = bp_location;
10415 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
10416 bp_location = NULL;
10417 bp_location_count = 0;
10418 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
10419
10420 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10421 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
10422 bp_location_count++;
10423
10424 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
10425 locp = bp_location;
10426 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10427 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
10428 *locp++ = loc;
10429 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
10430 bp_location_compare);
10431
10432 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
10433
10434 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
10435 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
10436 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
10437 if there's another location at the same address (previously
10438 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
10439 location.
10440
10441 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
10442 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
10443
10444 locp = bp_location;
10445 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
10446 old_locp++)
10447 {
10448 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
10449 struct bp_location **loc2p;
10450
10451 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
10452 not, we have to free it. */
10453 int found_object = 0;
10454 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
10455 int keep_in_target = 0;
10456 int removed = 0;
10457
10458 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
10459 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
10460 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
10461 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
10462 locp++;
10463
10464 for (loc2p = locp;
10465 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
10466 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
10467 loc2p++)
10468 {
10469 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
10470 {
10471 found_object = 1;
10472 break;
10473 }
10474 }
10475
10476 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
10477 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
10478 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
10479 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
10480 at certain location is not inserted. */
10481
10482 if (old_loc->inserted)
10483 {
10484 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
10485 it. */
10486
10487 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
10488 {
10489 /* The location is still present in the location list,
10490 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
10491 keep_in_target = 1;
10492 }
10493 else
10494 {
10495 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
10496 disabled. See if there's another location at the
10497 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
10498 this one from the target. */
10499
10500 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
10501 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
10502 {
10503 for (loc2p = locp;
10504 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
10505 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
10506 loc2p++)
10507 {
10508 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
10509
10510 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
10511 {
10512 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
10513 access watchpoints, if the former are not
10514 supported, but the latter are. */
10515 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
10516 {
10517 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
10518 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
10519 }
10520
10521 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
10522 if it should be inserted in case it will be
10523 unduplicated. */
10524 if (loc2 != old_loc
10525 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
10526 {
10527 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
10528 keep_in_target = 1;
10529 break;
10530 }
10531 }
10532 }
10533 }
10534 }
10535
10536 if (!keep_in_target)
10537 {
10538 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
10539 {
10540 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
10541 this location on the global list, and try to
10542 remove it next time, but there's no particular
10543 reason why we will succeed next time.
10544
10545 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
10546 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
10547 only after calling us. */
10548 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
10549 "breakpoint %d\n"),
10550 old_loc->owner->number);
10551 }
10552 removed = 1;
10553 }
10554 }
10555
10556 if (!found_object)
10557 {
10558 if (removed && non_stop
10559 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
10560 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
10561 {
10562 /* This location was removed from the target. In
10563 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
10564 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
10565 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
10566 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
10567 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
10568 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
10569 after we see some number of events. The theory here
10570 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
10571 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
10572 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
10573 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
10574 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
10575 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
10576 SIGTRAP.
10577
10578 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
10579 decr_pc_after_break targets.
10580
10581 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
10582 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
10583 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
10584 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
10585 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
10586 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
10587 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
10588 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
10589 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
10590 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
10591 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
10592 targets that do not support new thread events, like
10593 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
10594 thread_count.
10595
10596 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
10597 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
10598 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
10599 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
10600
10601 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
10602 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
10603 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
10604 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
10605 traps we can no longer explain. */
10606
10607 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
10608 old_loc->owner = NULL;
10609
10610 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
10611 }
10612 else
10613 {
10614 old_loc->owner = NULL;
10615 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
10616 }
10617 }
10618 }
10619
10620 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
10621 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
10622 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
10623 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
10624 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
10625 are sorted first for the same address.
10626
10627 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
10628 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
10629
10630 bp_loc_first = NULL;
10631 wp_loc_first = NULL;
10632 awp_loc_first = NULL;
10633 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
10634 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
10635 {
10636 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
10637 non-NULL. */
10638 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
10639 b = loc->owner;
10640
10641 if (!should_be_inserted (loc)
10642 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
10643 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
10644 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
10645 `struct bp_location'. */
10646 || is_tracepoint (b))
10647 continue;
10648
10649 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
10650 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent && ! loc->inserted)
10651 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10652 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
10653 "actually inserted"));
10654
10655 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
10656 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
10657 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
10658 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
10659 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
10660 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
10661 else
10662 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
10663
10664 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
10665 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
10666 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
10667 {
10668 *loc_first_p = loc;
10669 loc->duplicate = 0;
10670 continue;
10671 }
10672
10673
10674 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
10675 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
10676 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
10677 if (loc->inserted)
10678 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
10679 loc->duplicate = 1;
10680
10681 if ((*loc_first_p)->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent && loc->inserted
10682 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
10683 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10684 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
10685 "a permanent breakpoint"));
10686 }
10687
10688 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () && should_insert
10689 && (have_live_inferiors ()
10690 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch))))
10691 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
10692
10693 if (should_insert)
10694 download_tracepoint_locations ();
10695
10696 do_cleanups (cleanups);
10697 }
10698
10699 void
10700 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
10701 {
10702 struct bp_location *loc;
10703 int ix;
10704
10705 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
10706 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
10707 {
10708 decref_bp_location (&loc);
10709 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
10710 --ix;
10711 }
10712 }
10713
10714 static void
10715 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
10716 {
10717 struct gdb_exception e;
10718
10719 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
10720 update_global_location_list (inserting);
10721 }
10722
10723 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
10724
10725 static void
10726 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
10727 {
10728 bpstat bs;
10729
10730 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
10731 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
10732 {
10733 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
10734 bs->old_val = NULL;
10735 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
10736 }
10737 }
10738
10739 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
10740 static int
10741 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
10742 {
10743 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
10744
10745 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
10746 return 0;
10747 }
10748
10749 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
10750 callbacks. */
10751
10752 static void
10753 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
10754 {
10755 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10756 struct value_print_options opts;
10757
10758 get_user_print_options (&opts);
10759
10760 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
10761 single string. */
10762 if (b->loc == NULL)
10763 {
10764 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
10765 }
10766 else
10767 {
10768 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->source_file == NULL)
10769 {
10770 printf_filtered (" at ");
10771 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
10772 gdb_stdout);
10773 }
10774 if (b->loc->source_file)
10775 {
10776 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
10777 more nicely. */
10778 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
10779 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
10780 b->loc->source_file, b->loc->line_number);
10781 else
10782 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
10783 different file name, and this at least reflects the
10784 real situation somewhat. */
10785 printf_filtered (": %s.", b->addr_string);
10786 }
10787
10788 if (b->loc->next)
10789 {
10790 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
10791 int n = 0;
10792 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
10793 ++n;
10794 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
10795 }
10796 }
10797 }
10798
10799 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
10800
10801 static void
10802 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
10803 {
10804 xfree (self->cond);
10805 xfree (self->function_name);
10806 xfree (self->source_file);
10807 }
10808
10809 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
10810 {
10811 bp_location_dtor
10812 };
10813
10814 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
10815 inherit from. */
10816
10817 static void
10818 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
10819 {
10820 decref_counted_command_line (&self->commands);
10821 xfree (self->cond_string);
10822 xfree (self->addr_string);
10823 xfree (self->filter);
10824 xfree (self->addr_string_range_end);
10825 }
10826
10827 static struct bp_location *
10828 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
10829 {
10830 struct bp_location *loc;
10831
10832 loc = XNEW (struct bp_location);
10833 init_bp_location (loc, &bp_location_ops, self);
10834 return loc;
10835 }
10836
10837 static void
10838 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
10839 {
10840 /* Nothing to re-set. */
10841 }
10842
10843 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
10844 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
10845
10846 static int
10847 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
10848 {
10849 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10850 }
10851
10852 static int
10853 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
10854 {
10855 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10856 }
10857
10858 static int
10859 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
10860 struct address_space *aspace,
10861 CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
10862 {
10863 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10864 }
10865
10866 static void
10867 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
10868 {
10869 /* Always stop. */
10870 }
10871
10872 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
10873 errors. */
10874
10875 static int
10876 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
10877 {
10878 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10879 }
10880
10881 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
10882 errors. */
10883
10884 static int
10885 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
10886 {
10887 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10888 }
10889
10890 static enum print_stop_action
10891 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
10892 {
10893 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10894 }
10895
10896 static void
10897 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
10898 struct ui_out *uiout)
10899 {
10900 /* nothing */
10901 }
10902
10903 static void
10904 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
10905 {
10906 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10907 }
10908
10909 static void
10910 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10911 {
10912 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10913 }
10914
10915 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
10916 {
10917 base_breakpoint_dtor,
10918 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
10919 base_breakpoint_re_set,
10920 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
10921 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
10922 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
10923 base_breakpoint_check_status,
10924 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
10925 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
10926 base_breakpoint_print_it,
10927 NULL,
10928 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
10929 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
10930 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
10931 };
10932
10933 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
10934
10935 static void
10936 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
10937 {
10938 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
10939 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
10940 {
10941 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
10942 delete_breakpoint (b);
10943 return;
10944 }
10945
10946 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
10947 }
10948
10949 static int
10950 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
10951 {
10952 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
10953 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
10954 &bl->target_info);
10955 else
10956 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
10957 &bl->target_info);
10958 }
10959
10960 static int
10961 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
10962 {
10963 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
10964 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
10965 else
10966 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
10967 }
10968
10969 static int
10970 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
10971 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
10972 {
10973 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
10974
10975 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
10976 aspace, bp_addr))
10977 return 0;
10978
10979 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
10980 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
10981 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
10982 return 0;
10983
10984 return 1;
10985 }
10986
10987 static int
10988 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
10989 {
10990 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10991
10992 return 1;
10993 }
10994
10995 static enum print_stop_action
10996 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
10997 {
10998 struct breakpoint *b;
10999 const struct bp_location *bl;
11000 int bp_temp;
11001 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11002
11003 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
11004
11005 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
11006 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11007
11008 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11009 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
11010 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
11011 bl->address,
11012 b->number, 1);
11013 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
11014 if (bp_temp)
11015 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
11016 else
11017 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
11018 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11019 {
11020 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
11021 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
11022 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
11023 }
11024 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11025 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
11026
11027 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
11028 }
11029
11030 static void
11031 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
11032 {
11033 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
11034 return;
11035
11036 switch (b->type)
11037 {
11038 case bp_breakpoint:
11039 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
11040 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
11041 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
11042 else
11043 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
11044 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
11045 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
11046 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
11047 break;
11048 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
11049 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
11050 break;
11051 }
11052
11053 say_where (b);
11054 }
11055
11056 static void
11057 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
11058 {
11059 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
11060 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
11061 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
11062 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
11063 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
11064 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
11065 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
11066 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
11067 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
11068 else
11069 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11070 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
11071
11072 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
11073 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
11074 }
11075
11076 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
11077
11078 static void
11079 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
11080 {
11081 switch (b->type)
11082 {
11083 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
11084 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
11085 case bp_overlay_event:
11086 case bp_longjmp_master:
11087 case bp_std_terminate_master:
11088 case bp_exception_master:
11089 delete_breakpoint (b);
11090 break;
11091
11092 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
11093 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
11094 case bp_shlib_event:
11095
11096 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
11097 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
11098 case bp_thread_event:
11099 break;
11100 }
11101 }
11102
11103 static void
11104 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
11105 {
11106 /* We do not stop for these. */
11107 bs->stop = 0;
11108 }
11109
11110 static enum print_stop_action
11111 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
11112 {
11113 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11114 struct breakpoint *b;
11115
11116 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11117
11118 switch (b->type)
11119 {
11120 case bp_shlib_event:
11121 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
11122 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
11123 to shlib event" message.) */
11124 ui_out_text (uiout, _("Stopped due to shared library event\n"));
11125 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11126 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
11127 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
11128 break;
11129
11130 case bp_thread_event:
11131 /* Not sure how we will get here.
11132 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
11133 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
11134 break;
11135
11136 case bp_overlay_event:
11137 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
11138 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
11139 break;
11140
11141 case bp_longjmp_master:
11142 /* These should never be enabled. */
11143 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
11144 break;
11145
11146 case bp_std_terminate_master:
11147 /* These should never be enabled. */
11148 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
11149 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
11150 break;
11151
11152 case bp_exception_master:
11153 /* These should never be enabled. */
11154 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
11155 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
11156 break;
11157 }
11158
11159 return PRINT_NOTHING;
11160 }
11161
11162 static void
11163 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
11164 {
11165 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
11166 }
11167
11168 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
11169
11170 static void
11171 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
11172 {
11173 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
11174 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
11175 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
11176 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
11177 }
11178
11179 static void
11180 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
11181 {
11182 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
11183 }
11184
11185 static enum print_stop_action
11186 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
11187 {
11188 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11189
11190 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11191 {
11192 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11193
11194 switch (b->type)
11195 {
11196 case bp_finish:
11197 ui_out_field_string
11198 (uiout, "reason",
11199 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
11200 break;
11201
11202 case bp_until:
11203 ui_out_field_string
11204 (uiout, "reason",
11205 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
11206 break;
11207 }
11208 }
11209
11210 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
11211 }
11212
11213 static void
11214 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
11215 {
11216 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
11217 }
11218
11219 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
11220
11221 static void
11222 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
11223 {
11224 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
11225 }
11226
11227 static int
11228 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
11229 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
11230 {
11231 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
11232 tracepoints. */
11233 return 0;
11234 }
11235
11236 static void
11237 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
11238 struct ui_out *uiout)
11239 {
11240 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
11241 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id)
11242 {
11243 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
11244
11245 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
11246 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
11247 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
11248 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11249 }
11250 }
11251
11252 static void
11253 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
11254 {
11255 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
11256 return;
11257
11258 switch (b->type)
11259 {
11260 case bp_tracepoint:
11261 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
11262 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
11263 break;
11264 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
11265 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
11266 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
11267 break;
11268 case bp_static_tracepoint:
11269 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
11270 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
11271 break;
11272 default:
11273 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11274 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
11275 }
11276
11277 say_where (b);
11278 }
11279
11280 static void
11281 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
11282 {
11283 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
11284
11285 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
11286 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
11287 if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
11288 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
11289 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
11290 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
11291 else
11292 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11293 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
11294
11295 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->addr_string);
11296 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
11297
11298 if (tp->pass_count)
11299 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
11300 }
11301
11302 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
11303
11304 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
11305 structures. */
11306
11307 void
11308 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
11309 {
11310 struct breakpoint *b;
11311
11312 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
11313
11314 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
11315 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
11316 especial culprits.
11317
11318 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
11319 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
11320 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
11321 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
11322 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
11323 deleted.
11324
11325 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
11326 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
11327 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
11328 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
11329 was chosen. */
11330 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
11331 return;
11332
11333 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
11334 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
11335 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
11336 {
11337 struct breakpoint *related;
11338 struct watchpoint *w;
11339
11340 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
11341 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
11342 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
11343 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
11344 else
11345 w = NULL;
11346 if (w != NULL)
11347 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
11348
11349 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
11350 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
11351 related = related->related_breakpoint);
11352 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
11353 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
11354 }
11355
11356 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
11357 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
11358 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
11359 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
11360 if (bpt->number)
11361 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
11362
11363 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
11364 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
11365
11366 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11367 if (b->next == bpt)
11368 {
11369 b->next = bpt->next;
11370 break;
11371 }
11372
11373 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
11374 been freed. */
11375 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
11376 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
11377 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
11378 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
11379 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
11380 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
11381 commands won't work. */
11382
11383 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
11384
11385 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
11386 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
11387 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
11388 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
11389 might be better design to have location completely
11390 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
11391 update_global_location_list (0);
11392
11393 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
11394 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
11395 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
11396 bpt->type = bp_none;
11397 xfree (bpt);
11398 }
11399
11400 static void
11401 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
11402 {
11403 delete_breakpoint (b);
11404 }
11405
11406 struct cleanup *
11407 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
11408 {
11409 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
11410 }
11411
11412 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
11413 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
11414
11415 static void
11416 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
11417 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
11418 void *),
11419 void *data)
11420 {
11421 struct breakpoint *related;
11422
11423 related = b;
11424 do
11425 {
11426 struct breakpoint *next;
11427
11428 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
11429 next = related->related_breakpoint;
11430
11431 if (next == related)
11432 {
11433 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
11434 function (related, data);
11435
11436 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
11437 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
11438 out. */
11439 break;
11440 }
11441 else
11442 function (related, data);
11443
11444 related = next;
11445 }
11446 while (related != b);
11447 }
11448
11449 static void
11450 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
11451 {
11452 delete_breakpoint (b);
11453 }
11454
11455 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
11456 delete_breakpoint. */
11457
11458 static void
11459 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
11460 {
11461 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
11462 }
11463
11464 void
11465 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11466 {
11467 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
11468
11469 dont_repeat ();
11470
11471 if (arg == 0)
11472 {
11473 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
11474
11475 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
11476 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
11477 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
11478 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11479 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
11480 {
11481 breaks_to_delete = 1;
11482 break;
11483 }
11484
11485 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
11486 if (!from_tty
11487 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
11488 {
11489 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
11490 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
11491 delete_breakpoint (b);
11492 }
11493 }
11494 else
11495 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
11496 }
11497
11498 static int
11499 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
11500 {
11501 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
11502 if (!loc->shlib_disabled)
11503 return 0;
11504 return 1;
11505 }
11506
11507 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
11508 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
11509 Null names are ignored. */
11510
11511 static int
11512 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
11513 {
11514 struct bp_location *l;
11515 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
11516 (int (*) (const void *,
11517 const void *)) streq,
11518 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
11519
11520 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
11521 {
11522 const char **slot;
11523 const char *name = l->function_name;
11524
11525 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
11526 if (name == NULL)
11527 continue;
11528
11529 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
11530 INSERT);
11531 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
11532 returns NULL. */
11533 if (*slot != NULL)
11534 {
11535 htab_delete (htab);
11536 return 1;
11537 }
11538 *slot = name;
11539 }
11540
11541 htab_delete (htab);
11542 return 0;
11543 }
11544
11545 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
11546 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
11547 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
11548 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
11549 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
11550 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
11551 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
11552 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
11553 The heuristic is:
11554
11555 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
11556 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
11557 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
11558 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
11559 in the sources, and output a warning.
11560
11561 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
11562 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
11563 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
11564 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
11565 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
11566 warning.
11567
11568 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
11569 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
11570 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
11571 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
11572 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
11573 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
11574 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
11575 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
11576 precisely because it confuses tools). */
11577
11578 static struct symtab_and_line
11579 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
11580 {
11581 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
11582 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
11583 CORE_ADDR pc;
11584 int i;
11585
11586 pc = sal.pc;
11587 if (sal.line)
11588 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
11589
11590 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
11591 {
11592 if (strcmp (tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
11593 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
11594 b->number,
11595 tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
11596
11597 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
11598 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
11599 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
11600
11601 return sal;
11602 }
11603
11604 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
11605 by string ID. */
11606 if (!sal.explicit_pc
11607 && sal.line != 0
11608 && sal.symtab != NULL
11609 && tp->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
11610 {
11611 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
11612
11613 markers
11614 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
11615
11616 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
11617 {
11618 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
11619 struct symbol *sym;
11620 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
11621 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11622
11623 tpmarker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
11624
11625 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
11626 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (tpmarker->str_id);
11627
11628 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
11629 "found at previous line number"),
11630 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id);
11631
11632 init_sal (&sal2);
11633
11634 sal2.pc = tpmarker->address;
11635
11636 sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
11637 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
11638 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
11639 if (sym)
11640 {
11641 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
11642 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
11643 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
11644 }
11645 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", sal2.symtab->filename);
11646 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
11647
11648 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11649 {
11650 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
11651
11652 if (fullname)
11653 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
11654 }
11655
11656 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal2.line);
11657 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11658
11659 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
11660
11661 xfree (b->loc->source_file);
11662 if (sym)
11663 b->loc->source_file = xstrdup (sal2.symtab->filename);
11664 else
11665 b->loc->source_file = NULL;
11666
11667 xfree (b->addr_string);
11668 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
11669 sal2.symtab->filename,
11670 b->loc->line_number);
11671
11672 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
11673 so. */
11674
11675 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker);
11676 }
11677 }
11678 return sal;
11679 }
11680
11681 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
11682 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
11683
11684 static int
11685 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
11686 {
11687 while (a && b)
11688 {
11689 if (a->address != b->address)
11690 return 0;
11691
11692 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
11693 return 0;
11694
11695 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
11696 return 0;
11697
11698 a = a->next;
11699 b = b->next;
11700 }
11701
11702 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
11703 return 0;
11704
11705 return 1;
11706 }
11707
11708 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
11709 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
11710 a ranged breakpoint. */
11711
11712 void
11713 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
11714 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
11715 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
11716 {
11717 int i;
11718 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
11719
11720 if (sals_end.nelts != 0 && (sals.nelts != 1 || sals_end.nelts != 1))
11721 {
11722 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
11723 location. */
11724 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
11725 update_global_location_list (1);
11726 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
11727 "multiple locations found\n"),
11728 b->number);
11729 return;
11730 }
11731
11732 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
11733 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
11734 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
11735 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
11736 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
11737 individual locations. */
11738 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
11739 return;
11740
11741 b->loc = NULL;
11742
11743 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
11744 {
11745 struct bp_location *new_loc;
11746
11747 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals.sals[i].pspace);
11748
11749 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
11750
11751 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
11752 old symtab. */
11753 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
11754 {
11755 char *s;
11756 struct gdb_exception e;
11757
11758 s = b->cond_string;
11759 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
11760 {
11761 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
11762 0);
11763 }
11764 if (e.reason < 0)
11765 {
11766 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
11767 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
11768 b->number, e.message);
11769 new_loc->enabled = 0;
11770 }
11771 }
11772
11773 if (sals_end.nelts)
11774 {
11775 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
11776
11777 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
11778 }
11779 }
11780
11781 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
11782 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
11783 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
11784
11785 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
11786 breakpoints. */
11787 {
11788 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
11789 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
11790 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
11791 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
11792 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
11793 often enough until a better solution is found. */
11794 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
11795
11796 for (; e; e = e->next)
11797 {
11798 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
11799 {
11800 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
11801 if (have_ambiguous_names)
11802 {
11803 for (; l; l = l->next)
11804 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
11805 {
11806 l->enabled = 0;
11807 break;
11808 }
11809 }
11810 else
11811 {
11812 for (; l; l = l->next)
11813 if (l->function_name
11814 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
11815 {
11816 l->enabled = 0;
11817 break;
11818 }
11819 }
11820 }
11821 }
11822 }
11823
11824 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
11825 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
11826
11827 update_global_location_list (1);
11828 }
11829
11830 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
11831 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
11832
11833 static struct symtabs_and_lines
11834 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, char *addr_string, int *found)
11835 {
11836 char *s;
11837 int marker_spec;
11838 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
11839 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
11840
11841 s = addr_string;
11842 marker_spec = b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && is_marker_spec (s);
11843
11844 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
11845 {
11846 if (marker_spec)
11847 {
11848 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
11849
11850 sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s);
11851 if (sals.nelts > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
11852 {
11853 sals.sals[0] = sals.sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
11854 sals.nelts = 1;
11855 }
11856 else
11857 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id);
11858 }
11859 else
11860 {
11861 struct linespec_result canonical;
11862
11863 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
11864 decode_line_full (&s, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11865 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
11866 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
11867 b->filter);
11868
11869 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
11870 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) < 2);
11871
11872 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 0)
11873 {
11874 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
11875
11876 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
11877 sals = lsal->sals;
11878 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
11879 contents. */
11880 lsal->sals.sals = NULL;
11881 }
11882
11883 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
11884 }
11885 }
11886 if (e.reason < 0)
11887 {
11888 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
11889 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
11890 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
11891 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
11892 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
11893 state, then user already saw the message about that
11894 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
11895 errors. */
11896 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
11897 && (b->condition_not_parsed
11898 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
11899 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
11900 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
11901 not_found_and_ok = 1;
11902
11903 if (!not_found_and_ok)
11904 {
11905 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
11906 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
11907 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
11908 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
11909 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
11910 which approach is better. */
11911 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
11912 throw_exception (e);
11913 }
11914 }
11915
11916 if (e.reason == 0 || e.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
11917 {
11918 int i;
11919
11920 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
11921 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[i]);
11922 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
11923 {
11924 char *cond_string = 0;
11925 int thread = -1;
11926 int task = 0;
11927
11928 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
11929 &cond_string, &thread, &task);
11930 if (cond_string)
11931 b->cond_string = cond_string;
11932 b->thread = thread;
11933 b->task = task;
11934 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
11935 }
11936
11937 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !marker_spec)
11938 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
11939
11940 *found = 1;
11941 }
11942 else
11943 *found = 0;
11944
11945 return sals;
11946 }
11947
11948 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
11949 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
11950 locations. */
11951
11952 static void
11953 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
11954 {
11955 int found;
11956 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
11957 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
11958 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
11959
11960 sals = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string, &found);
11961 if (found)
11962 {
11963 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11964 expanded = sals;
11965 }
11966
11967 if (b->addr_string_range_end)
11968 {
11969 sals_end = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string_range_end, &found);
11970 if (found)
11971 {
11972 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
11973 expanded_end = sals_end;
11974 }
11975 }
11976
11977 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end);
11978 }
11979
11980 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
11981
11982 static struct cleanup *
11983 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint *b)
11984 {
11985 struct cleanup *cleanups;
11986
11987 input_radix = b->input_radix;
11988 cleanups = save_current_space_and_thread ();
11989 if (b->pspace != NULL)
11990 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
11991 set_language (b->language);
11992
11993 return cleanups;
11994 }
11995
11996 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
11997 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
11998 Unused in this case. */
11999
12000 static int
12001 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
12002 {
12003 /* Get past catch_errs. */
12004 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
12005 struct cleanup *cleanups;
12006
12007 cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b);
12008 b->ops->re_set (b);
12009 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12010 return 0;
12011 }
12012
12013 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
12014 void
12015 breakpoint_re_set (void)
12016 {
12017 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
12018 enum language save_language;
12019 int save_input_radix;
12020 struct cleanup *old_chain;
12021
12022 save_language = current_language->la_language;
12023 save_input_radix = input_radix;
12024 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
12025
12026 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12027 {
12028 /* Format possible error msg. */
12029 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
12030 b->number);
12031 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
12032 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
12033 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12034 }
12035 set_language (save_language);
12036 input_radix = save_input_radix;
12037
12038 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
12039
12040 do_cleanups (old_chain);
12041
12042 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
12043 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
12044 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
12045 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
12046
12047 /* While we're at it, reset the skip list too. */
12048 skip_re_set ();
12049 }
12050 \f
12051 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
12052
12053 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
12054 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
12055 void
12056 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
12057 {
12058 if (b->thread != -1)
12059 {
12060 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
12061 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
12062
12063 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
12064 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
12065 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
12066 as well. */
12067 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
12068 }
12069 }
12070
12071 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
12072 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
12073 which ends with a period (no newline). */
12074
12075 void
12076 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
12077 {
12078 struct breakpoint *b;
12079
12080 if (count < 0)
12081 count = 0;
12082
12083 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12084 if (b->number == bptnum)
12085 {
12086 if (is_tracepoint (b))
12087 {
12088 if (from_tty && count != 0)
12089 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
12090 bptnum);
12091 return;
12092 }
12093
12094 b->ignore_count = count;
12095 if (from_tty)
12096 {
12097 if (count == 0)
12098 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
12099 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
12100 bptnum);
12101 else if (count == 1)
12102 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
12103 bptnum);
12104 else
12105 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
12106 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
12107 count, bptnum);
12108 }
12109 breakpoints_changed ();
12110 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
12111 return;
12112 }
12113
12114 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
12115 }
12116
12117 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
12118
12119 static void
12120 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12121 {
12122 char *p = args;
12123 int num;
12124
12125 if (p == 0)
12126 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
12127
12128 num = get_number (&p);
12129 if (num == 0)
12130 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
12131 if (*p == 0)
12132 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
12133
12134 set_ignore_count (num,
12135 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
12136 from_tty);
12137 if (from_tty)
12138 printf_filtered ("\n");
12139 }
12140 \f
12141 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
12142 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
12143
12144 static void
12145 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
12146 void *),
12147 void *data)
12148 {
12149 int num;
12150 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
12151 int match;
12152 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
12153
12154 if (args == 0)
12155 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
12156
12157 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
12158
12159 while (!state.finished)
12160 {
12161 char *p = state.string;
12162
12163 match = 0;
12164
12165 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
12166 if (num == 0)
12167 {
12168 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
12169 }
12170 else
12171 {
12172 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
12173 if (b->number == num)
12174 {
12175 match = 1;
12176 function (b, data);
12177 break;
12178 }
12179 if (match == 0)
12180 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
12181 }
12182 }
12183 }
12184
12185 static struct bp_location *
12186 find_location_by_number (char *number)
12187 {
12188 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
12189 char *p1;
12190 int bp_num;
12191 int loc_num;
12192 struct breakpoint *b;
12193 struct bp_location *loc;
12194
12195 *dot = '\0';
12196
12197 p1 = number;
12198 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
12199 if (bp_num == 0)
12200 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
12201
12202 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12203 if (b->number == bp_num)
12204 {
12205 break;
12206 }
12207
12208 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
12209 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
12210
12211 p1 = dot+1;
12212 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
12213 if (loc_num == 0)
12214 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
12215
12216 --loc_num;
12217 loc = b->loc;
12218 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
12219 ;
12220 if (!loc)
12221 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
12222
12223 return loc;
12224 }
12225
12226
12227 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
12228 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
12229 which ends with a period (no newline). */
12230
12231 void
12232 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
12233 {
12234 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
12235 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
12236 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
12237 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
12238 return;
12239
12240 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
12241 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
12242 return;
12243
12244 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
12245
12246 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
12247 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
12248 {
12249 struct bp_location *location;
12250
12251 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
12252 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
12253 }
12254
12255 update_global_location_list (0);
12256
12257 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
12258 }
12259
12260 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
12261
12262 static void
12263 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
12264 {
12265 disable_breakpoint (b);
12266 }
12267
12268 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
12269 disable_breakpoint. */
12270
12271 static void
12272 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
12273 {
12274 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
12275 }
12276
12277 static void
12278 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12279 {
12280 if (args == 0)
12281 {
12282 struct breakpoint *bpt;
12283
12284 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
12285 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
12286 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
12287 }
12288 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
12289 {
12290 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
12291 if (loc)
12292 {
12293 loc->enabled = 0;
12294 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
12295 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
12296 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
12297 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
12298 }
12299 update_global_location_list (0);
12300 }
12301 else
12302 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
12303 }
12304
12305 static void
12306 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition)
12307 {
12308 int target_resources_ok;
12309
12310 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
12311 {
12312 int i;
12313 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
12314 target_resources_ok =
12315 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
12316 i + 1, 0);
12317 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
12318 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
12319 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
12320 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
12321 }
12322
12323 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
12324 {
12325 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
12326 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = 0;
12327 struct gdb_exception e;
12328
12329 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
12330 {
12331 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
12332
12333 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
12334 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
12335 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
12336 }
12337 if (e.reason < 0)
12338 {
12339 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
12340 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
12341 bpt->number);
12342 return;
12343 }
12344 }
12345
12346 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
12347 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
12348
12349 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
12350 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
12351 {
12352 struct bp_location *location;
12353
12354 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
12355 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
12356 }
12357
12358 bpt->disposition = disposition;
12359 update_global_location_list (1);
12360 breakpoints_changed ();
12361
12362 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
12363 }
12364
12365
12366 void
12367 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
12368 {
12369 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition);
12370 }
12371
12372 static void
12373 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
12374 {
12375 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
12376 }
12377
12378 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
12379 enable_breakpoint. */
12380
12381 static void
12382 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
12383 {
12384 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
12385 }
12386
12387 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
12388 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
12389 in stopping the inferior. */
12390
12391 static void
12392 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12393 {
12394 if (args == 0)
12395 {
12396 struct breakpoint *bpt;
12397
12398 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
12399 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
12400 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
12401 }
12402 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
12403 {
12404 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
12405 if (loc)
12406 {
12407 loc->enabled = 1;
12408 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
12409 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
12410 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
12411 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
12412 }
12413 update_global_location_list (1);
12414 }
12415 else
12416 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
12417 }
12418
12419 static void
12420 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
12421 {
12422 enum bpdisp disp = *(enum bpdisp *) arg;
12423
12424 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp);
12425 }
12426
12427 static void
12428 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
12429 {
12430 enum bpdisp disp = disp_disable;
12431
12432 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
12433 }
12434
12435 static void
12436 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12437 {
12438 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
12439 }
12440
12441 static void
12442 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
12443 {
12444 enum bpdisp disp = disp_del;
12445
12446 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
12447 }
12448
12449 static void
12450 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12451 {
12452 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
12453 }
12454 \f
12455 static void
12456 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
12457 {
12458 }
12459
12460 static void
12461 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
12462 {
12463 }
12464
12465 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
12466 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
12467 GDB itself. */
12468
12469 static void
12470 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (CORE_ADDR addr, int len,
12471 const bfd_byte *data)
12472 {
12473 struct breakpoint *bp;
12474
12475 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
12476 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
12477 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12478 {
12479 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
12480
12481 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val)
12482 {
12483 struct bp_location *loc;
12484
12485 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
12486 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
12487 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
12488 && addr + len > loc->address)
12489 {
12490 value_free (wp->val);
12491 wp->val = NULL;
12492 wp->val_valid = 0;
12493 }
12494 }
12495 }
12496 }
12497
12498 /* Use the last displayed codepoint's values, or nothing
12499 if they aren't valid. */
12500
12501 struct symtabs_and_lines
12502 decode_line_spec_1 (char *string, int flags)
12503 {
12504 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
12505
12506 if (string == 0)
12507 error (_("Empty line specification."));
12508 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
12509 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, flags,
12510 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
12511 get_last_displayed_line ());
12512 else
12513 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, flags, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
12514 if (*string)
12515 error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string);
12516 return sals;
12517 }
12518
12519 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
12520 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
12521 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
12522 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
12523 someday. */
12524
12525 void *
12526 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12527 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
12528 {
12529 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
12530
12531 bp_tgt = XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info);
12532
12533 bp_tgt->placed_address_space = aspace;
12534 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
12535
12536 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt) != 0)
12537 {
12538 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
12539 xfree (bp_tgt);
12540 return NULL;
12541 }
12542
12543 return bp_tgt;
12544 }
12545
12546 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
12547 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
12548
12549 int
12550 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, void *bp)
12551 {
12552 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
12553 int ret;
12554
12555 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt);
12556 xfree (bp_tgt);
12557
12558 return ret;
12559 }
12560
12561 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
12562 stepping. */
12563
12564 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
12565 static struct gdbarch *single_step_gdbarch[2];
12566
12567 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
12568
12569 void
12570 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12571 struct address_space *aspace,
12572 CORE_ADDR next_pc)
12573 {
12574 void **bpt_p;
12575
12576 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
12577 {
12578 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
12579 single_step_gdbarch[0] = gdbarch;
12580 }
12581 else
12582 {
12583 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
12584 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
12585 single_step_gdbarch[1] = gdbarch;
12586 }
12587
12588 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
12589 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
12590 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
12591 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
12592 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
12593 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
12594
12595 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, next_pc);
12596 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
12597 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
12598 paddress (gdbarch, next_pc));
12599 }
12600
12601 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
12602 were inserted or not. */
12603
12604 int
12605 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
12606 {
12607 return (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL
12608 || single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL);
12609 }
12610
12611 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
12612
12613 void
12614 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12615 {
12616 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
12617
12618 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
12619 call. */
12620 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[0],
12621 single_step_breakpoints[0]);
12622 single_step_gdbarch[0] = NULL;
12623 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
12624
12625 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
12626 {
12627 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[1],
12628 single_step_breakpoints[1]);
12629 single_step_gdbarch[1] = NULL;
12630 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
12631 }
12632 }
12633
12634 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
12635 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
12636 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
12637 exec. */
12638
12639 void
12640 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12641 {
12642 int i;
12643
12644 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
12645 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
12646 {
12647 xfree (single_step_breakpoints[i]);
12648 single_step_breakpoints[i] = NULL;
12649 single_step_gdbarch[i] = NULL;
12650 }
12651 }
12652
12653 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
12654 removing them. */
12655
12656 static void
12657 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12658 {
12659 int i;
12660
12661 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
12662 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
12663 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[i],
12664 single_step_breakpoints[i]);
12665 }
12666
12667 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
12668 PC. */
12669
12670 static int
12671 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
12672 CORE_ADDR pc)
12673 {
12674 int i;
12675
12676 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
12677 {
12678 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
12679 if (bp_tgt
12680 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
12681 bp_tgt->placed_address,
12682 aspace, pc))
12683 return 1;
12684 }
12685
12686 return 0;
12687 }
12688
12689 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
12690 non-zero otherwise. */
12691 static int
12692 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
12693 {
12694 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
12695 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
12696 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
12697 return 1;
12698 else
12699 return 0;
12700 }
12701
12702 int
12703 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
12704 {
12705 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
12706
12707 return inf->total_syscalls_count != 0;
12708 }
12709
12710 int
12711 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
12712 {
12713 struct breakpoint *bp;
12714
12715 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
12716 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
12717 {
12718 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bp;
12719
12720 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
12721 {
12722 int i, iter;
12723 for (i = 0;
12724 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
12725 i++)
12726 if (syscall_number == iter)
12727 return 1;
12728 }
12729 else
12730 return 1;
12731 }
12732
12733 return 0;
12734 }
12735
12736 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
12737 static char **
12738 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
12739 char *text, char *word)
12740 {
12741 const char **list = get_syscall_names ();
12742 char **retlist
12743 = (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, text, word);
12744
12745 xfree (list);
12746 return retlist;
12747 }
12748
12749 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
12750
12751 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
12752 static void
12753 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
12754 {
12755 tracepoint_count = num;
12756 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
12757 }
12758
12759 void
12760 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12761 {
12762 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12763 arg,
12764 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
12765 0 /* tempflag */,
12766 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
12767 0 /* Ignore count */,
12768 pending_break_support,
12769 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
12770 from_tty,
12771 1 /* enabled */,
12772 0 /* internal */))
12773 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
12774 }
12775
12776 void
12777 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12778 {
12779 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12780 arg,
12781 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
12782 0 /* tempflag */,
12783 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
12784 0 /* Ignore count */,
12785 pending_break_support,
12786 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
12787 from_tty,
12788 1 /* enabled */,
12789 0 /* internal */))
12790 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
12791 }
12792
12793 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
12794
12795 void
12796 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12797 {
12798 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12799 arg,
12800 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
12801 0 /* tempflag */,
12802 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
12803 0 /* Ignore count */,
12804 pending_break_support,
12805 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
12806 from_tty,
12807 1 /* enabled */,
12808 0 /* internal */))
12809 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
12810 }
12811
12812 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
12813 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
12814
12815 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
12816 static int next_cmd;
12817
12818 static char *
12819 read_uploaded_action (void)
12820 {
12821 char *rslt;
12822
12823 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
12824
12825 next_cmd++;
12826
12827 return rslt;
12828 }
12829
12830 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
12831 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
12832 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
12833 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
12834 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
12835
12836 struct tracepoint *
12837 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
12838 {
12839 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
12840 struct tracepoint *tp;
12841
12842 if (utp->at_string)
12843 addr_str = utp->at_string;
12844 else
12845 {
12846 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
12847 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
12848 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
12849 user. */
12850 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
12851 "source location, using raw address"),
12852 utp->number);
12853 sprintf (small_buf, "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
12854 addr_str = small_buf;
12855 }
12856
12857 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
12858 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
12859 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
12860 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
12861 utp->number);
12862
12863 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12864 addr_str,
12865 utp->cond_string, -1, 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
12866 0 /* tempflag */,
12867 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
12868 0 /* Ignore count */,
12869 pending_break_support,
12870 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
12871 0 /* from_tty */,
12872 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
12873 0 /* internal */))
12874 return NULL;
12875
12876 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
12877
12878 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
12879 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
12880 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
12881
12882 if (utp->pass > 0)
12883 {
12884 sprintf (small_buf, "%d %d", utp->pass, tp->base.number);
12885
12886 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
12887 }
12888
12889 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
12890 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
12891 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
12892 function. */
12893 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
12894 {
12895 struct command_line *cmd_list;
12896
12897 this_utp = utp;
12898 next_cmd = 0;
12899
12900 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
12901
12902 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp->base, cmd_list);
12903 }
12904 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
12905 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
12906 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
12907 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
12908 utp->number);
12909
12910 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
12911 tp->base.hit_count = utp->hit_count;
12912 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
12913
12914 return tp;
12915 }
12916
12917 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
12918 omitted. */
12919
12920 static void
12921 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
12922 {
12923 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12924 int num_printed;
12925
12926 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
12927
12928 if (num_printed == 0)
12929 {
12930 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
12931 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
12932 else
12933 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
12934 }
12935
12936 default_collect_info ();
12937 }
12938
12939 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
12940 Not supported by all targets. */
12941 static void
12942 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12943 {
12944 enable_command (args, from_tty);
12945 }
12946
12947 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
12948 Not supported by all targets. */
12949 static void
12950 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12951 {
12952 disable_command (args, from_tty);
12953 }
12954
12955 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
12956 static void
12957 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12958 {
12959 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
12960
12961 dont_repeat ();
12962
12963 if (arg == 0)
12964 {
12965 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
12966
12967 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
12968 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
12969 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
12970 argument. */
12971 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
12972 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
12973 {
12974 breaks_to_delete = 1;
12975 break;
12976 }
12977
12978 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
12979 if (!from_tty
12980 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
12981 {
12982 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12983 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
12984 delete_breakpoint (b);
12985 }
12986 }
12987 else
12988 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
12989 }
12990
12991 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
12992
12993 static void
12994 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
12995 {
12996 tp->pass_count = count;
12997 observer_notify_tracepoint_modified (tp->base.number);
12998 if (from_tty)
12999 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
13000 tp->base.number, count);
13001 }
13002
13003 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
13004
13005 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
13006 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
13007 Also accepts special argument "all". */
13008
13009 static void
13010 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13011 {
13012 struct tracepoint *t1;
13013 unsigned int count;
13014
13015 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
13016 error (_("passcount command requires an "
13017 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
13018
13019 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
13020
13021 while (*args && isspace ((int) *args))
13022 args++;
13023
13024 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
13025 {
13026 struct breakpoint *b;
13027
13028 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
13029 if (*args)
13030 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
13031
13032 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
13033 {
13034 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13035 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
13036 }
13037 }
13038 else if (*args == '\0')
13039 {
13040 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL, 1);
13041 if (t1)
13042 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
13043 }
13044 else
13045 {
13046 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
13047
13048 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
13049 while (!state.finished)
13050 {
13051 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state, 1);
13052 if (t1)
13053 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
13054 }
13055 }
13056 }
13057
13058 struct tracepoint *
13059 get_tracepoint (int num)
13060 {
13061 struct breakpoint *t;
13062
13063 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
13064 if (t->number == num)
13065 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
13066
13067 return NULL;
13068 }
13069
13070 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
13071 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
13072 reconnecting). */
13073
13074 struct tracepoint *
13075 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
13076 {
13077 struct breakpoint *b;
13078
13079 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
13080 {
13081 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13082
13083 if (t->number_on_target == num)
13084 return t;
13085 }
13086
13087 return NULL;
13088 }
13089
13090 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
13091 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
13092 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
13093 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
13094 struct tracepoint *
13095 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
13096 struct get_number_or_range_state *state,
13097 int optional_p)
13098 {
13099 extern int tracepoint_count;
13100 struct breakpoint *t;
13101 int tpnum;
13102 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
13103
13104 if (state)
13105 {
13106 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
13107 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
13108 }
13109 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
13110 {
13111 if (optional_p)
13112 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
13113 else
13114 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
13115 }
13116 else
13117 tpnum = get_number (arg);
13118
13119 if (tpnum <= 0)
13120 {
13121 if (instring && *instring)
13122 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
13123 instring);
13124 else
13125 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
13126 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
13127 return NULL;
13128 }
13129
13130 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
13131 if (t->number == tpnum)
13132 {
13133 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
13134 }
13135
13136 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
13137 return NULL;
13138 }
13139
13140 void
13141 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
13142 {
13143 if (b->thread != -1)
13144 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
13145
13146 if (b->task != 0)
13147 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
13148
13149 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
13150 }
13151
13152 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
13153 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
13154 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
13155 non-zero. */
13156
13157 static void
13158 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
13159 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
13160 {
13161 struct breakpoint *tp;
13162 int any = 0;
13163 char *pathname;
13164 struct cleanup *cleanup;
13165 struct ui_file *fp;
13166 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
13167
13168 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
13169 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
13170
13171 /* See if we have anything to save. */
13172 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
13173 {
13174 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
13175 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
13176 continue;
13177
13178 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
13179 if (filter && !filter (tp))
13180 continue;
13181
13182 any = 1;
13183
13184 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
13185 {
13186 extra_trace_bits = 1;
13187
13188 /* We can stop searching. */
13189 break;
13190 }
13191 }
13192
13193 if (!any)
13194 {
13195 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
13196 return;
13197 }
13198
13199 pathname = tilde_expand (filename);
13200 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, pathname);
13201 fp = gdb_fopen (pathname, "w");
13202 if (!fp)
13203 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
13204 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
13205 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
13206
13207 if (extra_trace_bits)
13208 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
13209
13210 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
13211 {
13212 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
13213 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
13214 continue;
13215
13216 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
13217 if (filter && !filter (tp))
13218 continue;
13219
13220 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, fp);
13221
13222 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
13223 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
13224 instead. */
13225
13226 if (tp->cond_string)
13227 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
13228
13229 if (tp->ignore_count)
13230 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
13231
13232 if (tp->commands)
13233 {
13234 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
13235
13236 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
13237
13238 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, fp);
13239 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
13240 {
13241 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
13242 }
13243 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
13244
13245 if (ex.reason < 0)
13246 throw_exception (ex);
13247
13248 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
13249 }
13250
13251 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
13252 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable\n");
13253
13254 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
13255 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
13256 special, and not user visible. */
13257 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
13258 {
13259 struct bp_location *loc;
13260 int n = 1;
13261
13262 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
13263 if (!loc->enabled)
13264 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
13265 }
13266 }
13267
13268 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
13269 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
13270
13271 do_cleanups (cleanup);
13272 if (from_tty)
13273 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
13274 }
13275
13276 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
13277
13278 static void
13279 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13280 {
13281 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
13282 }
13283
13284 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
13285
13286 static void
13287 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13288 {
13289 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
13290 }
13291
13292 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
13293
13294 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
13295 all_tracepoints (void)
13296 {
13297 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
13298 struct breakpoint *tp;
13299
13300 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
13301 {
13302 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
13303 }
13304
13305 return tp_vec;
13306 }
13307
13308 \f
13309 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
13310 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
13311 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
13312 command. */
13313 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
13314 command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
13315 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
13316 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
13317 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
13318 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
13319 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
13320 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
13321 \n\
13322 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
13323 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
13324 \n\
13325 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
13326 conditions are different.\n\
13327 \n\
13328 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
13329
13330 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
13331 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
13332
13333 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
13334 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
13335
13336 void
13337 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
13338 void (*sfunc) (char *args, int from_tty,
13339 struct cmd_list_element *command),
13340 char **(*completer) (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
13341 char *text, char *word),
13342 void *user_data_catch,
13343 void *user_data_tcatch)
13344 {
13345 struct cmd_list_element *command;
13346
13347 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
13348 &catch_cmdlist);
13349 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
13350 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
13351 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
13352
13353 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
13354 &tcatch_cmdlist);
13355 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
13356 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
13357 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
13358 }
13359
13360 static void
13361 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
13362 {
13363 inf->total_syscalls_count = 0;
13364 inf->any_syscall_count = 0;
13365 VEC_free (int, inf->syscalls_counts);
13366 }
13367
13368 static void
13369 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13370 {
13371 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
13372 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
13373 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout);
13374 }
13375
13376 struct breakpoint *
13377 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
13378 void *data)
13379 {
13380 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13381
13382 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13383 {
13384 if ((*callback) (b, data))
13385 return b;
13386 }
13387
13388 return NULL;
13389 }
13390
13391 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
13392 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
13393
13394 static int
13395 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
13396 {
13397 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
13398 non-inline function. */
13399 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
13400 return 1;
13401
13402 return 0;
13403 }
13404
13405 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
13406 have been inlined. */
13407
13408 int
13409 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
13410 {
13411 struct breakpoint *b;
13412 struct bp_location *bl;
13413
13414 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13415 {
13416 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
13417 continue;
13418
13419 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
13420 {
13421 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
13422 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc))
13423 return 1;
13424 }
13425 }
13426
13427 return 0;
13428 }
13429
13430 void
13431 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
13432 {
13433 static int initialized = 0;
13434
13435 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
13436
13437 if (initialized)
13438 return;
13439 initialized = 1;
13440
13441 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
13442 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
13443 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
13444 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
13445 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
13446 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
13447 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
13448 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
13449 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
13450
13451 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
13452 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
13453 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
13454 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
13455 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
13456 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
13457 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
13458 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
13459
13460 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
13461 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
13462 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
13463 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
13464 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
13465 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
13466 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
13467 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
13468 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
13469 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
13470
13471 /* Internal breakpoints. */
13472 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
13473 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
13474 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
13475 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
13476 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
13477 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
13478
13479 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
13480 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
13481 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
13482 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
13483 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
13484 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
13485 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
13486
13487 /* GNU v3 exception catchpoints. */
13488 ops = &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
13489 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
13490 ops->print_it = print_it_exception_catchpoint;
13491 ops->print_one = print_one_exception_catchpoint;
13492 ops->print_mention = print_mention_exception_catchpoint;
13493 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_exception_catchpoint;
13494
13495 /* Watchpoints. */
13496 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
13497 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
13498 ops->dtor = dtor_watchpoint;
13499 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
13500 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
13501 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
13502 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
13503 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
13504 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
13505 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
13506 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
13507 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
13508 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
13509
13510 /* Masked watchpoints. */
13511 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
13512 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
13513 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
13514 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
13515 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
13516 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
13517 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
13518 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
13519 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
13520 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
13521
13522 /* Tracepoints. */
13523 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13524 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
13525 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
13526 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
13527 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
13528 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
13529 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
13530
13531 /* Fork catchpoints. */
13532 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
13533 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
13534 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
13535 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
13536 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
13537 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
13538 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
13539 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
13540 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
13541
13542 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
13543 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
13544 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
13545 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
13546 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
13547 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
13548 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
13549 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
13550 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
13551 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
13552
13553 /* Exec catchpoints. */
13554 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
13555 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
13556 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exec;
13557 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
13558 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
13559 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
13560 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
13561 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
13562 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
13563 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
13564
13565 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
13566 ops = &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
13567 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
13568 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_syscall;
13569 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_syscall;
13570 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_syscall;
13571 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall;
13572 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_syscall;
13573 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_syscall;
13574 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_syscall;
13575 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_syscall;
13576 }
13577
13578 void
13579 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
13580 {
13581 struct cmd_list_element *c;
13582
13583 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
13584
13585 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
13586 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
13587 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
13588
13589 breakpoint_objfile_key = register_objfile_data ();
13590
13591 breakpoint_chain = 0;
13592 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
13593 before a breakpoint is set. */
13594 breakpoint_count = 0;
13595
13596 tracepoint_count = 0;
13597
13598 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
13599 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
13600 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
13601 if (xdb_commands)
13602 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
13603
13604 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
13605 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
13606 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
13607 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
13608 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
13609 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
13610 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
13611 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
13612
13613 add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
13614 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
13615 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
13616 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
13617
13618 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
13619 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
13620 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
13621 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
13622 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
13623 \n"
13624 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
13625 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13626
13627 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
13628 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
13629 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
13630 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
13631 \n"
13632 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
13633 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13634
13635 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
13636 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
13637 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
13638 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
13639 \n"
13640 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
13641 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13642
13643 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
13644 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
13645 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
13646 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
13647 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
13648 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
13649 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
13650 if (xdb_commands)
13651 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
13652 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
13653 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
13654 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
13655 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
13656 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
13657
13658 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
13659
13660 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
13661 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
13662 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
13663 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
13664 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
13665 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
13666
13667 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
13668 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13669 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
13670 &enablebreaklist);
13671
13672 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
13673 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13674 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
13675 &enablebreaklist);
13676
13677 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
13678 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13679 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
13680 &enablelist);
13681
13682 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
13683 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13684 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
13685 &enablelist);
13686
13687 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
13688 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
13689 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13690 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13691 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
13692 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
13693 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
13694 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
13695 if (xdb_commands)
13696 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
13697 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
13698 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13699 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13700 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
13701
13702 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
13703 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
13704 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13705 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13706 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
13707 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
13708 &disablelist);
13709
13710 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
13711 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
13712 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13713 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13714 \n\
13715 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
13716 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
13717 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
13718 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
13719 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
13720 if (xdb_commands)
13721 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
13722 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
13723 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13724 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
13725
13726 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
13727 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
13728 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13729 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13730 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
13731 &deletelist);
13732
13733 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
13734 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
13735 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
13736 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
13737 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
13738 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
13739 \n\
13740 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
13741 is executing in.\n\
13742 \n\
13743 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
13744 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
13745
13746 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
13747 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
13748 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
13749 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13750
13751 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
13752 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
13753 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
13754 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
13755
13756 if (xdb_commands)
13757 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
13758
13759 if (dbx_commands)
13760 {
13761 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
13762 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
13763 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
13764 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
13765 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
13766 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
13767 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
13768 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
13769 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
13770 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13771 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
13772 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
13773 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13774 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
13775 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13776 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13777 \n\
13778 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13779 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13780 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13781 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13782 breakpoint set."));
13783 }
13784
13785 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
13786 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
13787 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13788 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
13789 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
13790 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13791 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
13792 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13793 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13794 \n\
13795 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13796 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13797 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13798 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13799 breakpoint set."));
13800
13801 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
13802
13803 if (xdb_commands)
13804 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
13805 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
13806 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13807 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
13808 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
13809 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13810 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
13811 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13812 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13813 \n\
13814 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13815 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13816 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13817 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13818 breakpoint set."));
13819
13820 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
13821 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
13822 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13823 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
13824 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
13825 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
13826 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
13827 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
13828 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
13829 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13830 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
13831 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13832 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13833 \n\
13834 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13835 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13836 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13837 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13838 breakpoint set."),
13839 &maintenanceinfolist);
13840
13841 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
13842 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
13843 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
13844 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
13845
13846 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
13847 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
13848 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
13849 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
13850
13851 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
13852 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
13853 Catch an exception, when caught.\n\
13854 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
13855 catch_catch_command,
13856 NULL,
13857 CATCH_PERMANENT,
13858 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
13859 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
13860 Catch an exception, when thrown.\n\
13861 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
13862 catch_throw_command,
13863 NULL,
13864 CATCH_PERMANENT,
13865 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
13866 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
13867 catch_fork_command_1,
13868 NULL,
13869 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
13870 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
13871 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
13872 catch_fork_command_1,
13873 NULL,
13874 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
13875 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
13876 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
13877 catch_exec_command_1,
13878 NULL,
13879 CATCH_PERMANENT,
13880 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
13881 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
13882 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
13883 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
13884 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
13885 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
13886 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
13887 catch_syscall_command_1,
13888 catch_syscall_completer,
13889 CATCH_PERMANENT,
13890 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
13891
13892 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
13893 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
13894 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
13895 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
13896 an expression changes.\n\
13897 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
13898 the memory to which it refers."));
13899 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
13900
13901 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
13902 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
13903 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
13904 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
13905 an expression is read.\n\
13906 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
13907 the memory to which it refers."));
13908 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
13909
13910 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
13911 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
13912 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
13913 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
13914 an expression is either read or written.\n\
13915 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
13916 the memory to which it refers."));
13917 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
13918
13919 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
13920 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
13921
13922 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
13923 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
13924 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
13925 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
13926 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
13927 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
13928 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
13929 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
13930 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
13931 hardware.)"),
13932 NULL,
13933 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
13934 &setlist, &showlist);
13935
13936 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
13937
13938 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
13939
13940 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
13941 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
13942 \n"
13943 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
13944 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
13945 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13946
13947 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
13948 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
13949 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
13950 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
13951
13952 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
13953 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
13954 \n"
13955 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
13956 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
13957 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13958
13959 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
13960 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
13961 \n\
13962 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
13963 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
13964 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
13965 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
13966 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
13967 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
13968 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
13969 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
13970 the selected stack frame.\n\
13971 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
13972 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
13973 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
13974 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
13975 \n\
13976 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
13977 \n\
13978 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
13979 conditions are different.\n\
13980 \n\
13981 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
13982 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
13983 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13984
13985 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
13986 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
13987 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
13988 last tracepoint set."));
13989
13990 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
13991
13992 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
13993 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
13994 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
13995 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
13996 &deletelist);
13997
13998 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
13999 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
14000 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
14001 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
14002 &disablelist);
14003 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
14004
14005 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
14006 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
14007 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
14008 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
14009 &enablelist);
14010 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
14011
14012 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
14013 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
14014 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
14015 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
14016 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
14017
14018 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
14019 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
14020 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
14021 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
14022
14023 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
14024 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
14025 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
14026 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
14027 session to restore them."),
14028 &save_cmdlist);
14029 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
14030
14031 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
14032 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
14033 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
14034 &save_cmdlist);
14035 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
14036
14037 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
14038 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
14039
14040 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
14041 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
14042 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
14043 pending breakpoint behavior"),
14044 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
14045 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
14046 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
14047 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
14048 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
14049 pending breakpoint behavior"),
14050 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
14051 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
14052
14053 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
14054 &pending_break_support, _("\
14055 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
14056 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
14057 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
14058 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
14059 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
14060 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
14061 NULL,
14062 show_pending_break_support,
14063 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
14064 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
14065
14066 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
14067
14068 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
14069 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
14070 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
14071 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
14072 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
14073 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
14074 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
14075 NULL,
14076 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
14077 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
14078 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
14079
14080 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
14081 always_inserted_enums, &always_inserted_mode, _("\
14082 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
14083 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
14084 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
14085 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
14086 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
14087 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
14088 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
14089 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
14090 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
14091 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
14092 NULL,
14093 &show_always_inserted_mode,
14094 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
14095 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
14096
14097 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
14098 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
14099 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
14100 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
14101 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
14102 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
14103 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
14104 or the start of the range\n\
14105 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
14106 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
14107 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
14108 \n\
14109 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
14110 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
14111 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
14112
14113 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
14114
14115 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
14116 }
This page took 0.333334 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.